You are on page 1of 122

English 9

Ninh Khanh Junior High School -


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hướng dẫn ôn tập môn Tiếng Anh
Chuyên đề 1: Động từ( Verbs)
I/Các hình thức bị động:
1: Câu bị động của các thì :
a. Thì hiện tại đơn giản:
Chủ động : S + Vs, es + O.
Bị động : S + am/ is/ are + V pII + O.
b. Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn:
Chủ động: S +tobe + V- ing +O.
Bị động : S +am/ is / are + being + V- pII +O.
c. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành :
Chủ động: S + have/ has + V-pII +O.
Bị động : S + have / has + been +V-pII +O.
d. Thì quá khứ đơn:
Chủ động : S + Ved + O.
Bị động : S + was/ were + V-pII + O.
e. Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn:
Chủ động : S + was/were +V- ing +O.
Bị động : S + was/ were + being + V-pII +O.
f. Thì tương lai :
+ Tương lai gần:
Chủ động: S + to be + going to + V + O.
Bị động : S +to be + going to + be + V-pII +O
+ Tương lai đơn :
Chủ động : S + will +V + O.
Bị động : S + will + be + V-pII + O.
2. Câu bị động của động từ khuyết thiếu:
Chủ động : S + modal Vs + V + O.
Bị động : S + modal Vs + be + V-pII + O.
(Modal Vs= can , may ,might , should ,ought to, have to, must.)
3. Câu bị động đặc biệt:
+ Với một số động từ : think, report , say , believe…………….
Chủ động: S1 +think/….+ S2 +V2 + O.
Bị động: có 2 cách:
- Cách 1: It + tobe + thought/….. ….+S2 + V2 + O
- Cách 2 : S2 + tobe + thought/…..+ toV2/to have +VII + O
VD: They think number nine is a lucky number.
C1: It is thought number nine is a lucky number.
C2: Number nine is thought tobe a lucky number.
+Với động từ have và get:thể nhờ bảo hoậc sai khiến
-Have:
Chủ động: S +have/ has + O chỉ người +V nguyên +O vật.
VD: I have my brother repair my bike.
Bị động : S +have / has +O vật +VpII +by……

______________________________________________________________________________ 1
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VD: I have my bike repaired by my brother.
- Get :
Chủ động : S + get / got + O chỉ người +toV +Ovật.
VD: I get my brother to check my bike everyweek.
Bị động : S + get/ got + Ovật + VpII.
VD: I get my bike checked by my brother everyweek.
+ Với động từ make:
Chủ động : S + make/ made + O chỉ người + V/ adj + O.
VD: He made me help him.
Bị động : S chỉ người + tobe + made +Vto/ Adj ……
VD : I was made to help.
+ Với động từ need :
- S chỉ người +need +Vto +O.
VD: We need to do morning exercise.
S chỉ vật + need +to be +VpII + O.
S + need + Ving +O.
-
VD: The door needs to be painted.
Hoặc: The door needs painting.
+ Với một số động từ theo sau là Ving:
Chủ động : S + like/ love… + Ving +O.
Bị động : S + like/ love….+ being + V pII +O.
VD: He dislikes asking about his past.
He dislikes being asked about his past.
II/ Hình thức của động từ:
1. Hình thức nguyên thể( V- bare infinitive): được dùng trong thì hiện tại đơn với I , we, they và sau
các động từ khuyết thiếu và will, let+O, make+O, help+ O.
2. Hình thức nguyên thể có to (V- to): được dùng sau một số động từ:
Ask remind arrange appear
Get would like agree demand
Order would prefer fail expect
Allow beg plan refuse + Vto
Want invite tend pretend
Command request hope
Persuade warn promise
Urge decide afford
Encourage manage offer
3. Hình thức danh động từ( V- ing): sử dụng trong thì hiện tại tiếp diễn, quá khứ tiếp diễn, hoàn thành
tiếp diễn.
Sau một số động từ: + V ing
Like mind imagine regret give up
Dislike avoid can’t stand Be fond of deny
Love remember/ forget worth look forward to quit
Hate practice can’t help suggest consider

______________________________________________________________________________ 2
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enjoy start/ begin Keen on Be afraid of
Be interested in admit delay Finish
Prevent keep/ continue/go on risk Stop
4. Hình thức phân từ( VpII):
sử dụng trong các hình thức bị động, trong thì hiện tại hoàn thành , quá khứ hoàn thành .
* Một số động từ theo sau vừa là V- to vừa là V-ing
1. Động từ remember và forget: nhớ hoặc quên làm việc gì
-Remember/ forget + V- ing:nhớ hay quên làm gì trrong quá khứ
- Remember/ forget + V-to: nhắc nhở ai đó nhớ hay đừng quên làm việc gì
2. Động từ stop: dừng:
- Dừng để làm gì: stop + V- to +……
- Dừng hẳn làm gì: stop + V- ing +……
3. Động từ try:
- Cố gắng làm gì : try + V- to +…….
- Thử làm gì: try + V- ing +…….
4. Một số động từ khác : begin, start, continue, hate, like, ...
III / Động từ Wish : ước
1. Mong ước ở hiện tại: S + wish/ wishes + S + Vqk/ were + O
= If only + S + Vqk/ were + O
2. Mong ước ở tương lai : S + wish/ wishes + S + would/ could + V
+O
= If only
3. Mong ước trong quá khứ: S + wish/ wishes + S + had + VpII + O
= If only

IV/ Động từ used to:


- used to + V: chỉ thói quen trong quá khứ, hay những việc thường làm trong quá khứ.
- To be + used to + Ving: ai đó đang làm cho bản thân mình quen vối việc gì
- Get + used to + Ving : ai đó đã quen với việc gì
VD: Last year, we used to be in class 8.
I am used to getting up early.
Jack gets used to driving to the left.
Bài tập 1: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành các câu sau.
1.I (not see) Hoa since 2006.
2.A new bridge (build) in this area next year.
3.I wish I (can help) you but I can’t.
4.If you worked harder, you (pass) the exam.
5.I (teach) English in that school since 1998.
6 They (ask ) me if I lived in Bac Giang.
7.Look ! The car (come).
8.Kangaroo (can /see ) everywhere in Australia.
9.If today (be) Sunday, we wouldn’t have to work.
10.They (not/ finish) their work yet.
11.Ba hates (walk) up early.

______________________________________________________________________________ 3
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.Jeans( sell) all over the world.
13. My mother always(get)up early in the morning.
14.We(live) in this village since 2000.
15. My friends(not/visit)me yesterday
16.I wish I (be) a famous actor.
17. My father often (drink)tea in the morning.
18. How long you (live) in Vietnam, Maryam? – For three months.
19.If you study hard, you (pass) the exam.
20. I’m looking forward to (see) you.
21.English (speak) all over the world.
22.I’m worker. I wish I (be) an English teacher.
23Young people still like(wear) jeans nowadays.
24 If you (see) an alien What you (do)?.
25I ( visit) Halong Bay three times since I (start) working in Quang Ninh.
26. What would you do if you (meet) an alien?
27. I told him that I (be) a teacher of English.
28.The famous novel (translate) into Vietnamese recently.
29.The children often love (watch) cartoons.
30. We (not/make) our decision yet.
H/S yếu:
31.When we (have) dinner, my grandparents came
32. You usually (go) to school by bike? -Yes, I do.
33. I wish it (be) sunny today.
34.While I (read) a book, the phone rang.
35.I (not see) him since last week.
36.You (have) Math and English tomorrow?
37.That bike (buy) last month.
38.She wishes she ( be) a famous singer
Hướng dẫn giải: (Key to answers)
Bài1:
1. have not seen. 20.to seeing
2. will be built. 21. is spoken
3. could help. 22.were
4. would pass. 23. wearing
5. have taught 24.saw/ what would you do
6. asked. 25.have visited/ started
7. is coming 26. met
8. can be seen 27. was
9. were. 28. has been translated
10. have not finished. 29. watching
11. walking 30. haven’t made
12. are sold H/S yếu:

______________________________________________________________________________ 4
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. gets 31. were having
14. have lived 32. do you usually
15. didn’t visit 33. were
16. were 34. was reading
17. drinks 35. haven’t seen 36.Are you having
18. have you lived 37. was bought
19. will pass 38.were
Bài tập 2 :Chọn phương án đúng để hoàn thành các câu sau:
1. We are looking forward _____ you again soon.
A. to see B. to seeing C. saw D. have seen
2. My mother was afraid to let the boy _____ the tree.
A. to risk climbing B. to risk to climb C. risk climbing D. risk to climb
3. I remember _____ but he said I did not.
A. to buy him a book B. buy him a book
C. buying him a book D. to have bought him a book
4. Remember _____ john a present . today is his birthday.
A. send B. to send C. sent D. sending
5. I suggest _____ some more mathematical puzzles.
A. do B. to do C. doing D. done
6. Would you mind _____ the door?
A. open B. to open C. opening D. opened
7. You should give up _____ or you will die of cancer.
A. smoke B. to smoke C. smoking D. smoked
8. The driver stopped _____ a coffee because he felt sleepy.
A. have B. to have C. having D. had
9. That old man tried to stop _____ because of his bad health.
A. smoke B. smokes C. smoked D. smoking
10. There is nothing prevent us from______ the mystery of that palace.
A. discover B. discovery C. discovering D. discoveries
11. Mr. Thomas does not allow people_____ in his office.
A. smoke B. to smoke C. smoked D. smoking
12. We are not allowed _____ in that restricted area.
A. to enter B. enter C. entering D. to entered
13. You had better _____ at home until you feel better.
A. stay B. to stay C. staying D. stayed
14. The machine needs_____ .
A. B & C are correct B. to be repaired C. repairing D. to repair
15. I couldn’t help _____ when I heard the story.
A. laughing B. to laugh C. laughed D.laugh
16. She used that money _____ a new car.
A.buy B. buying C. to buy D. for buying
17. Rex hotel was the best place for us _____.
A. stays B. staying C. to stay D. stay
18. You can’t stop me from _____ what I want.
A. doing B. do C. to do D. that I do

______________________________________________________________________________ 5
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19. Peter usually help his mother ______.
A. to do housework B. do housework
C. with housework D.all are correct
20. I must go now. I promise _______ late.
A. not being B. not to be C. to not be D. I won’t be
21. Can you manage_____ ______ the report in the morning?
A. finishing / to write B. to finish / writing
C. finishing / writing D. to finish / to write
22. Do you want ______ with you or do you want to go alone?
A. me coming B. me to come C. that I will come D. that I come
23. I’m sure I locked the door. I clearly remember _____ it.
A. locking B. to lock C. to have locked D. to be locked
24. She tried to be serious, but she couldn’t help ______.
A. laughing B. to laugh C. that she laughed D. laugh
25. I like _____ the kitchen as often as possible.
A. not cleaned B. clean C. to clean D. that I clean
26. He tried to avoid ______ my question.
A. answering B. to answer C. answer D. how to answer
27. Could you please stop _______ so much noise?
A. to make B. make C. making D. to have make
28. I enjoy ______ to music.
A. listen B. to listen C. listening D. listened
29. Have you finished ______ your hair yet?
A. wash B. washed C. washing D. to wash
30. If you walk into the road without looking, you risk _____ knocked down.
A. been B. to be C. be D. being
31. Jim is 65, but he isn’t going to retired yet. He wants to carry on _____.
A. to work B. work C. works D. working
32. Hello! Fancy _____ you here! What a surprise!
A. to see B. seeing C. seen D. see
33. Sarah gave up ______ to find a job in this country and decided to go abroad.
A. apply B. to apply C. applying D. application
34. Suddenly he stopped the car in order ______.
A. smoke B. to smoke C. smoking D. has smoked
35. I can’t bear ______this dirty room.
A. seeing B. to see C. seen D. saw
36. Have you considered _____ to live in another country?
A. going B. to go C. gone D. goes
37. Cathy suggested _____ to the cinema.
A. went B. not to go C. not go D. going
38. Paula quit _____ alcohol three years ago.
A. to drink B. drank C. being drunk D. drinking
39. We must do something. We can’t go on _____ like this.
A. to live B. living C. life D. live
40. My mother rarely allows me _____ things for myself.

______________________________________________________________________________ 6
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. to buy B. bought C. buy D. buying
41. She admitted _____ the money.
A. to steal B. steals C. steal D. having stolen
42. It was late, so we decided ______ a taxi home.
A. to take B. taken C. taking D. was taken
43. Simon was in a difficult situation, so I agreed _______ him some money.
A. lend B. lending C. to lend D. lender
44. How old were you when you learnt ______ ?
A. how to drive B. how driving C. how drive D. how drivers
45. I waved to Karen but I failed ____her attention.
A. to be attracted B. to attract C. attracting D. attracted
46. We decided ______ because of the bad weather.
A. not going out B. not to go out C. not go out D. not gone
47. She always encouraged her son _____ .
A. to jog B. jogged C. is jogging D. jogging
48. They seem _____ plenty of money.
A. are having B. to have C. having D. had
49. I like Simon, but I think he tends ___too much.
A. to talk B. talking C. talk D. is talking
50. Ann pretended ______ me as he passed me in the street.
A. not seeing B. not to seen C. not see D. not to see
51. I happened ______ that news from a magazine.
A. known B. to be known C. to know D. know
52. Do you understand _______?
A. what done B. what doing C. what to do D. what do
53. Can somebody show me ______ the film in this cinema?
A. how to changed B. how change C. how changing D. how to change
54. Don’t forget _____ the letter I gave you.
A. to post B. posting C. post D. posted
55. There was a lot of traffic, but we managed _____ to the airport in time.
A. are gone B. going C. to go D. to be going
56. Jill didn’t afford _____ a car.
A. buy B. to buy C. buying D. bought
57. They had a boy ______ that yesterday.
A. done B. to do C. did D. do
58. We get our mail ______ yesterday.
A. been delivered B. delivered C. delivering D. to deliver
59. We’ve got a new computer in our office. I haven’t learnt how ______ it yet.
A. to operate B. operating C. operate D. be operated
60. We were all too afraid to speak. Nobody dared ______ anything.
A. saying B. being said C. says D. to say
61. Tom hopes _______ a solution soon.
A. to be found B. finds C. to find D. finding
62. You must ______ a lot of people here.
A. to know B. knowing C. know D. known

______________________________________________________________________________ 7
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63. They claimed ______ the problem.
A. have solved B. solve C. solving D. to have solved
64. I would rather ______ this job.
A. not taken B. not take C. not to take D. not taking
65. I spent some time ______ around the shops in Elizabeth street yesterday.
A. looked B. be looking C. look D. looking
Bài tập 3 : Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc
1.Tourists could see fish ( swim)………………… along the brook.
2.We enjoy (swim)………………… along this river.
3.The form teacher has asked Jack (write) …………………an essay on the Thames.
4. It sometimes may be difficult (get)………………… a taxi during rush- hours.
5.The rain has made the children ( stop)………………… their games.
6.She tells the driver( take)…………………….. her to the railway station.
7.Does Mrs Green have them ( carry) ………………………those books back home?
8.The principal noticed those pupils (try)…………………….. harder and harder.
9.Children have just stopped ( play)……………………….. football.
10.They keep ( talk)…………………………… about an old friend they met yesterday.
11.Is Black Pool ( visit)…………………………. by thousands of tourists each year?
12.We heard Mr Brown ( park)……………………….. his car near the gate.
13. They’ve finished ( do)……………………………..their homework.
14.They had their house (paint)……………………….. before Tet holiday.
15.I advised him ( wait)………………………………. for me at the airport.
16. Would you mind ( help)……………………………. me with this work?
17.Do you smell something ( burn)………………….. in the kitchen?
18. Mother requests her daughter not ( come) ……………………back home late.
19. We shall have the grass ( cut)……………………. tomorrow.
20.They noticed lots of sheep( graze)……………………. in green meadows.
22. Would you like(have)………………………… something to eat?
23.It started( rain)……………… an hour ago. Has it stopped ( rain)………………… yet?
24. My family is trying (decide)……………………where to go on holiday.
25.Our teacher made me (answer)……………… .all the questions.
26. I’ve enjoy ( meet)………………. you. I hope ( see)………………….. you again.
27. I hate ( see)…………………. a child(cry)………………………...
28.They prefer( play)………………………… in swimming pool all day.
29.They refuse ( go)……………………….. out on trips if it’s too hot.
30. I used ( smoke)………………… 20 cigarettes a day,but now I give up (smoke)…………
31.We decided( rent)……………………… a house with a swimming pool.
32.Can you help me (get)……………………. the dinner ready?
33. When we arrived, the people next door invited us ( have)……………a drink with them.
34. We began (talk)……………………………. about next year’s holiday two months ago.
35. I remember (lock)…………. the door when I left but forgot ( shut) ………… the window.
36. He agrees( start)…………………………… the job as soon as possible.
37. I finished ( read)………………………….. the book and went to bed.
38. My teachers always expected me ( do)………………………………….. well in exams
Bài tập 4:Chuyển các câu sau sang câu bị động:

______________________________________________________________________________ 8
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.She didn’t introduce me to her mother
2.The government hasn’t changed the regulation
3.They are repairing my piano at the moment
4.The fire destroyed many houses in my neighborhood
5.They will return those books to the library tomorrow
6.Someone stole her bike last night
7.He was preparing the report when I came
8.They keep those maps on the shelf for reference
9.The tamer ordered the lion to lie on the floor
10.My friends are making some phone calls in the evening
11.They make Honda cars in Japan
12.She has to finish her homework tonight
13.Bad weather has delayed Flight 202 from Miami
14.She told us a very interesting story last night
15.Bill feeds the pigs and chickens every morning
16.They invited a lot of people to their party last night
17.We found the key under the table
18.They haven’t used this machine for age
19.Bad drivers are causing many accidents
20.You ought to repaint the walls
21.Alexander Bain invented the facsimile in 1843
22.They dry the beans in the sun
23.People can make payment at any post office
24.How do you learn English?
25.They are going to build a new supermarket next year
26.Where did you take these photographs?
27.She shows the students around the city
28.I will translate this letter into English
29.Has the council postponed the meeting?
30.We haven’t finished our homework yet
11.He holds the concerts at the university
31.Does Egypt export cotton to many countries?
32.We must do something for these poor men
Phần dành cho h/s yếu : 33.People speak French and English in Canada
34.Ba invited Liz to the festival
35.My father decorated the Christmas tree with colorful lights
36.Santa Claus gives children presents on Christmas Eve
37.They bought some flowers for their mother
38.She cleans her room everyday
39.They sing that new song everywhere
40.They deliver goods to the market

Hướng dẫn giải:


Bài4:
1.I wasn’t introduced to her mother.
______________________________________________________________________________ 9
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.The regulation hasn’t been changed by the govement.
3.My piano is being repaired at the moment.
4.Many houses in my neighbor hood were destroyed by the fire.
5. Those books will be returned to th library tomorrow.
6. Her bike was stolen last night .
7. The report was being pre pared when I came.
8. These maps are kept on the shelf for reference.
9. The lion was ordered to lie on the floor by the tamer.
10. Some phone calls are being made by my friends in th evening .
11. Hon DA gars are made in Japan.
12. Her home work has to be finished tonight.
13.Flight 202 from Miami has been delayed by bad weather .
14. We were told a very interesting story last night.
15. The pigs and the chickens are fed by Bill every morning.
16. A lot of people were invited to the party last night.
17. The key was found under the table.
18. This machine hasn’t been used for ages .
19. Many acidents are being caused by bad drivers.
20. The walls ought to be repainted.
21. The facsimile was invented in 1843 by Alexander Bain.
22. The beans is dried in the sun.
23. Payment can be made at any post office.
24.How is English learned?.
25.A new supermarket is going tobe built next year.
26. Where were these photographs taken?.
27. The students are showed around the city.
28. This letter will be translated into English.
29. Has the meeting been postponed by the council?
30. Our homework hasn’t been finished yet.
31. Is cotton exported to many countries by Egypt?
32. Some thing must be done for these poor men.
H/s yếu: 33. French and English are spoken in Canada .
34. Liz was invited to the festival by Ba.
35. The Chrismas tree was decorated with colorful lights.
36. Presents are given to the children by Santa Claus on Christmas Eve.
37. Some flowers were bought for their mother.
38. Her room is cleaned everyday.
39. That song is sung everywhere.
40. Goods are delivered to the market.
Bài tập 5: Hãy viết lại các câu sau dùng : S + wish
1.I speak English badly. => I wish……………………………………………………………..
2. He can’t swim as well as his friend. => He wishes……………………….........................................................
3. We can’t fly.=> We wish………………………………………………….............................
4. She has to work on Saturday. => She wishes………………………………………………...
5. I don’t know much about him. => I wish……………………………………………………..............

______________________________________________________________________________ 10
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Nam isn’t here .=> I wish …………………………………………………………………...
7. I don’t have a computer.=> Iwish……………………………………………………………
8. It’s pity! She has to do her homework=> She wishes……………………………………….
9. Our children aren’t studying hard. => We wish……………………………………………..
10. It is raining.=> We wish……………………………………………………………………
11. She will not go with us tomorrow=> We wish……………………………………………..
12. They are so poor.=> They wish ……………………………………………………………
13. It will rain tomorrow.=> I wish…………………………………………………………….
14. It’s apity I didn’t watch the film last night=> I wish…………………….............................
15. I’m sorry I didn’t do my home work. => I wish……………………………………………
16. They didn’t pass the exam.=> They wish…………………………………………………..
17. I regretted going to school late.=> I wish…………………………………………………..
18. I’m really sorry I didn’t invite you to my birthday party. => I wish……………………….
19. I regretted asking her to lend me money. => I wish………………………………………..
20. She regretted not phoning me yesterday. => She wishes…………………………………..
H/ s yếu:
21. I can’t play the guitar well.=> I wish………………………………………
22. He can’t speak French .=> He wishes……………………………………..
23. I can’t go out with him. => I wish………………………………………….
24. They go camping without me.=> They wish………………………………..
25. We are not able to help you.=> We wish…………………………………
Bài tập6: Hãy viết lại các câu sau:
1. He doesn’t raise dogs anymore-> He used to………………………………………………..
2. She doesn’t get up late anymore. -> She used…………………………….............................
3. They don’t go fishing now. -> They used…………………………………………………...
4. I don’t stay up late any more.-> I used………………………………………………………
5. Hoa doesn’t do morning exercises anymore.-> Hoa used…………………………………...
6. He often lived in the City.=> He used…………………………………….............................
7. Tom usually smoked last year.=> Tom used………………………………………………...
8. I don’t get bad mark now.=> I used………………………………………………………….
9. Hung used to go fishing when he was small.=> Hung often………………………………...
10. Peter used to play soccer when he was a student.=> Peter often…………………………...
11. I don’t take bus to school now.=> I used…………………………………………………...
12. He doesn’t walk to school => He used……………………………………………………..
13. There wasn’t electricity.=> There didn’t use…………………………….............................
14. The air isn’t fresh now=> The air used……………………………………………………..
15. The environment wasn’t polluted.=> The environment didn’t ………….............................
16. The country was often very poor. => The…………………………………………………..
17. He often worked on the farm.=> He …………………………………….............................
Hướng dẫn giải :
Bài 5:
1. I wish didn’t speak English badly.
2. He wishes he could swim sa well as his friends.
3. We wish we could fly.
4. She wishes she didn’t have to work on Saturday.

______________________________________________________________________________ 11
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. I wish I knew much about him.
6. I wish Nam were here.
7. I wish I had a computer.
8. She wishes she didn’t have to do her homework.
9. We wish our children were studying hard.
10. We wish it weren’t raining.
11. We wish she would go with us tomorrow.
12. They wish they weren’t so poor.
13. I wish it wouldn’t rain tomorrow
14. I wish I had watched TV last night.
15. I wish I had done my home work.
16. They wish they had passed the exam.
17. I wish I hadn’t gone to school late.
18. I wish I had invited you to my birthday party.
19. I wish I hadn’t asked her to lend me money.v
20. She wishes she had phoned me yesterday.
H/ S yếu: 21. I wish I could play the guitar .
22.He wishes he could speak French.
23.I wish I could go out with him.
24.They wish they went camping with me.
25. We wish we were able to help you.
Bài 6:
1. He used to raise dogs.
2. She used to get up late .
3. They used to go fishing.
4. I used to stay up late.
5. Hoa used to do morning exercise.
6. He used to live in the city.
7. Tom used to smoke last year.
8. I used to get bad mark.
9. He often went fishing hen he was small.
10. Peter used to play soccer when he was small.
11. I used to take bus to school.
12. He used to walk to school.
13. There didn’t use to be electricity.
14. The air used to be fresh.
15. The environtment didn’t use tobe polluted.
16. The country used to be very poor.
17. He used to work on the farm.
************************************************************

______________________________________________________________________________ 12
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Chuyên đề 2: Các loại câu( Sentences)


I/ Câu trực tiếp và câu gián tiếp( Direct and Indirect speech):
-Câu trực tiếp : là sự lặp lại chính xác những từ của người nói đôi khi có chỉnh sửa, và câu trực tiếp th-
ường đựơc đặt trong dấu ngoặc kép:
VD: Nam said: “ I am a student’’
-Câu gián tiếp là sự lặp lại chính xác ý của người nói đôi khi có chỉnh sửa:
VD: Nam said he was a student.
-Khi chuyển một câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp cần chú ý xem đó là loại câu nào:
+ Khi câu trực tiếp là một câu mệnh lệnh hoặc một câu yêu cầu:
Mẫu: “ Please+ V + O’’
S +asked/ told +O + Vto/ not Vto ……
+Khi câu trực tiếp là câu đề nghị, lời hứa, lời khuyên, lời mời:
Mẫu : S + offered/ promised/ advised/ invited +O + Vto/ not Vto.
+ Khi câu trrực tiếp là câu trần thuật:
Mẫu: S + said to O + that + S + V lùi +O
told O
+ Khi câu trực tiếp là một câu hỏi:

______________________________________________________________________________ 13
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Câu hỏi có từ hỏi ( wh- questions )
S + asked +O + wh- + S + Vlùi +O
Wanted to know
Wondered
- Câu hỏi dạng đảo ( Yes- No questions )

S + asked + O +if/ whether + S + Vlùi +O


Wanted to know
Wondered
*Cần thay đổi những thành phần sau trong câu khi chuyển câu trực tiếp sang gían tiếp:
1.Đổi đại từ nhân xưng: I=He, She 2.Đổi tân ngữ chỉ ngôi: me =him , her
Us = them We= They
You = me, us You = I, We
3.Đổi tính từ sở hữu: my= his, her Our= their Your = my , our
4.Đổi thì của động từ:
-Thì hiện tại đơn đổi thành thì quá khứ đơn: VD: am- was, live- lived
-Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn đổi thành thì quá khứ tiếp diễn: VD: is living - was living
-Thì quá khứ đơn đổi thành thì quá khứ hoàn thành hoặc thì quá khứ
VD: lived – had lived / lived
- Thì tương lai đơn: will - would
- Động từ khuyết thiếu: can - could, may - might , must- had to

Should –should, ought to – ought to, have to- had to


5.Đổi here thành there
6.Đổi this - that, these - those
7.Đổi các trạng từ chỉ thời gian: Now – then ,today – that day , tomorrow – the next day/ the
following day, yesterday – the day before/ the previous day.

Bài tập5: Chuyển các câu sau sang câu gián tiếp
1.She said to me: “you can sit here”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
2.Nga said: “I am taking my test tomorrow”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
3.I said to her: “Jim is driving late today”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
4.He said: “I don’t want to eat anything now”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
5.Minh said to me: “I won’t be home this evening because I have to work late”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
6.Huong said to me: “you must do your homework everyday”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
7.I said to Nam: “There isn’t any milk in this bottle”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
8.He said: “I’ll be here again tomorrow”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….

______________________________________________________________________________ 14
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.We said to them: “your houses are very nice”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
10.She said to them: “He has lived here for five years”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
11.Tom said: “I’m going away for a few days and will phone you when I get back”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
12.Mai said to Minh: “I can not go to the cinema with you tomorrow”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
13.Ann said to me: “I’m very grateful to you for your helping me with the vietnamese lessons”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
14.He said: “I don’t need any help”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
15.Betty said to Bill: “I don’t like this film”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
16.Lan said: “I am coming back next week”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
17.She said: “I must wash my hands”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
18.Mother said: “I have something to show you, Tom”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
19.They said: “We have a lift but it doesn’t work”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
20.Lan said: “We are having champagne tonight”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
21.Mary said: “I like oranges better than bananas”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
22.He said: “We have finished our work”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
23.The girl said: “I will answer the phone”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
24.The boy said: “I can’t do it”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
25.My father said: “It may rain”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
26.The teacher said: “The twins can’t go to school today because they are ill”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
27.She asked me: “Are you going to visit Hue?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
28.I asked Ha: “Does your father work here?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
29.Lien asked me: “Will I finish my exercises at home?
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
30.Thanh asked Minh: “Are you going to leave tomorrow?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
31.Hung said: “Is Phong nha cave in Southern Viet Nam, Nhi?”

______________________________________________________________________________ 15
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
32.She said: “Can you speak English, Hung?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
33.I asked the boy: “Do you know the way to the station?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
34.Mary asked me: “Do you want to visit London?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
35.She asked me: “Is Ha Tien in kien Giang province?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
36.I said: “Do you often take your dog to the park, Thu?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
37.They asked me: “Will you buy us some food?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
38.I asked Tuan: “Must you leave here next week?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
39.She asked him: “Are you waiting for your mother?”
……………………………………………………………………………………………
40.I said to Nam: “You mustn’t leave the door unlocked”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
41.He said: “I will finish it by the end of this week”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
42.She asked me: “Are you going to take the level exam this weekend?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
43.I asked her: “When will the course begin?”
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
Hướng dẵn giải
Bài 5:
1. She said that I could sit there.
2. Nga said she was taking her test the following day.
3. I said to her Jim was driving late that day.
4. He said he didn’t want to eat anything then.
5. Minh said to me that he wouldn’t be home that evening because he had to work late.
6. Huong said I had to do my home work everyday.
7. I said to Nam there wasn’t any milk in that bottle.
8. He said he would be there again the folowing day.
9. We said to them their houses were very nice.
10. She said she had lived there for five years.
11. Tom said he was going away for a few days and would phone me when he got back.
12. Mai said to Minh that shn could’nt go to the cinema with him the following day.
13. Ann said she was very grateful to me for my helping her with the Vietnamese lesson.
14. He said he didn’t need any help.
15. Betty said to Bill he didn’t like that film.
16. Lan said she was coming back the following week.
17. She said she had to wash her hands.
18. The mother said to Tom she had something to show him.

______________________________________________________________________________ 16
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19. They said they had a lift but it didn’t wok.
20. Lan said thay were having champange that night.
21. Mary said she liked oranges better than bananas.
22. He said they had finished their work.
23. The girl said she would answer the phone.
24. The boy said he couldn’t do it.
25. Mary said it might rain.
26. The teacher said the twins couldn’t go to school that day because they were ill.
27. She asked me if I was going to visit Hue.
28. I asked Ha if his father worked there.
29. Lien asked me if she would finish her exercise at home.
30. Thanh asked Minh if he was going to leave th next day.
31. Hung asked Nhi if Phong nha cave was in Southern Vietnam.
32. She asked Hung if he could speak English.
33. I asked the boy if he knew the wayto tha station.
34. Mary asked me if I wanted to visit LonDon.
35. She asked me if Ha Tien was inKien Giang Province.
36. I asked Thu if she often took her dog to the park.
37. They asked me if I bought them some food.
38. I asked Tuan if he had to leave there the following week.
39. She asked him if he was waiting for his mother .
40. I said to Nam he hadn’t to leave the door unlocked.
41. He said he would finish it by the end of that week.
42. She asked me if I was going to take level exam that weekend.
43. I asked her when the course would begin.
***************************************
II/Câu hỏi đuôi( tag questions): là phần câu hỏi được thêm vào cuối câu trần thuật nhằm mục đích xác
nhận thông tin hoặc yêu cầu trợ giúp.
- Một câu hỏi đuôi gồm 2 phần: + Phần câu trần thuật ( statement)
+ Phần hỏi đuôi( tag question)
Nếu Phần câu trần thuật là một câukhẳng định thì phần đuôi là câuphủ định
Câu khẳng định ,đuôi phủ định?
Nếu phần câu trần thuật là một câu phủ định thì đuôi khẳng định
Câu phủ định , đuôi khẳng định?
Chú ý: Phần hỏi đuôi luôn ở dạng đảo và ngắn
- Nếu phần câu khẳng định dùng động từ to be, khuyết thiếu , tương lai .... thì chỉ nhắc lại ở
phần hỏi đuôi
VD : He is a doctor, isn’t he?
You can speak English, can’t you?
He won’t come, will he?
- Nếu phần câu khẳng định dùng động từ thường thì phần hỏi đuôi phải
mượn trợ động từ: do, does, did….
VD: He goes to work everyday, doesn’t he?
They went to school yesterday, didn’t they?

______________________________________________________________________________ 17
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Nếu phần hỏi câu khẳng định dùng: never, hardly, seldom….thì phần hỏi đuôi phải dùng khẳng
định
VD: She never goes to work late, does she?
 Các trường hợp đặc biệt:
Let’s ……, shall we?
I am……..., aren’t I?
V +O……., will you?
Don’t……., will you?

Bài tập 6: Chọn một đáp án đúng


1. Let’s play some games, ……?
a. will you b. don’t you c. aren’t we d.shall we
2. Open the door for me, …..?
a. won’t you b. don’t you c. will you d. can you
3. Somebody came here yesterday, …?
a. did they b. did it c. didn’t he d. didn’t they
4. Everything will be all right, ……?
a. won’t it b. won’t they c. will it d. will they
5. I am always on time for class, …..?
a. Am I b. am not I c.are I d. aren’t I
6.Lan enjoys watching television after dinner, . . . . . ?
a. does she b. doesn’t she c. did she d. didn’t she
7.Tam didn’ t go to school yesterday, . . . . . ?
a. did he b. didn’t he c. does she d. didn’t Tam
8.They will buy a new computer, . . . . . .?
a. will they b. don’t they c. won’t they d. shall they
9. She can drink a lot of tomato juice everyday, . . . . . ?
a. doesn’t she b. can’t she c. could she d. can she
10. They’d better stay at home.
a. do they b. hadn’t they c. wouldn’t they d.didn’t they
11. Turn on the lights, . . . . . . . you?
a. do b. can c. don’t d. will
12. I am not good at cooking, . . . . . . . ?
a. am I b. are I c. are not I d. am not I
13. Lan had to do her homework last night, . . . . . . ?
a. hadn’t Lan b. didn’t she c. hadn’t she d. didn’t Lan
14. He seldom helps you, ……?
a. does he b. did he c.doesn’t he d. didn’t he
15. You have never read this article, …..?
a. did you b. have you c. haven’t you d. never you
Bài tập 7: Viết tiếp phần hỏi đuôi cho các câu sau:
1.Tom won’t be late,……………………….?
2.You look tired,………………………?
3.Lan came in her sport car,………………………..?
4.Let’s go out tonight,…………………………..?
______________________________________________________________________________ 18
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.You couldn’t do me a favor,………………………………?
6.Minh has seen Hoa today,………………………….?
7.There aren’t many people at the meeting,………………………….?
8.I’m too impatient,…………………………?
9.Lien doesn’t know you,…………………………..?
10.These cakes look good,………………………….?
11.You can speak German,………………………..?
12.Don’t drop that vase,……………………………..?
13.Your mother is on holiday,…………………………?
14.People use the internet for many purposes,…………………………………?
III/ Câu điều kiện( Conditional sentences)
-Câu diều kiện loại1: diễn tả 1 giả thiết sẽ diễn ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai
If + S + V h tại + O, S + will + V +O
Modal V + V
- Câu điều kiện loại 2: diễn tả một giả thiết không có thật ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai:
If + S + Vqk + O, S + would + V + O.
-Câu điều kiện loại 3 diễn tả một giả thiết hoặc một điều hối tiếc về một việc gì đó trong quá khứ :
If + S + had + VPII + O , S +would/ could + have +VPII + O
 Chú ý: câu điều kiện ở dạng phủ định có thể dùng Unless để thay thế: Unless = If not
VD: If you don’t work hard , you can’t pass the exam.
= Unless you work hard , you can’t pass the exam.

Bài tập 8: Chọn một đáp án đúng


1.If there were UFOs, there . . traces of their landing ( would be / will be / are / is )
2.If I . . a bird, I would be a dove( am ; was ; were ; will be )
3.If we . . . . . rich, we would buy a villa in the country.
( become ; became ; would become ; will become )
4.She could call you if she . . . . . your telephone number.
( knew ; knows ; will know ; was knowing )
5.What will you do if you . . . . . . . the competion.
( won ; win ; be won ; will be won )
6..It may take her much time if she . . . . there on foot.
( go ; went ; will go ; goes )
7..If we had a lot of money, we . . . . . spend much on education.
( will ; can ; may ; could )
8.They . . . . . . get lost if they . . . . . . a map.
( will - took / wouldn’t - take / wouldn’t - took/ would took)
9.If I could speak English, I ...for that job. (Will apply/Would apply/ applied/ apply)
10.If energy ....inexpensive and unlimited, manythings in the world would be different. ( will be ; is ;
were ; would be)
Bài tập 9: Chia động từ trong ngoặc trong các câu sau:
1. If we (pollute)the water, wewill have no water to use.

______________________________________________________________________________ 19
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. If we cut down trees in the forest, there(be) big flood every year.
3. If he (not pass) the driving test, we(be )disappointed.
4. I (not write)to you if you (not send) me your address.
5. The sea (get) warmer if the earth (get) warmer.
6. If we(not protect) the animals, they ( kill).
7. If Jane ( not apologize) to us, we ( not speak ) to her.
8. If people (stop) using dynamitefor fishing, a lot of sea creatures ( be)well preserved.
9. If he ( study) hard, he could not fail the exam.
10.Our lives ( destroy) if the earth didn’t go round.
11. We will go for a picnic if the weather (be) fine tomorrow.
12. If I were you I( travel) around the world .
13. If there were flying saucers, there ( be) traces of their landing.
14. Unless it ( rain), they will goshopping.
15. I would take photos of UFOs if I ( see) them.
16 .If you (be) in, I would give it to you.
******************************************************
IV/ Câu cảm thán ( exclamatory sentences):
Là câu được dùng để diễn đạt cảm xúc hay thái độ của một người trước một người hay một sự việc.
- Câu cảm thán dùng với how:
How + adj !
How + adj/ adv + S +V
!

VD: How beautiful !


How beautiful the girl is !
- Câu cảm thán với what:
What + a/an + adj + N!
What + adj + Ns !
VD: What a beautiful flower !
What beautiful flowers !
Bài tập 10: Viết tiếp các cău cảm thán:
1. The boy is clever. ( What………………….!)
2. The girl is tall. ( What……………………………………!)
3. The book is interesting. ( How…………………………………….!)
4. The weather was awful. ( What…………………………………….!)

______________________________________________________________________________ 20
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. The room is dirty. ( How……………………………………………!)
6. The house is very old.( How………………………………………….!)
7. It was warm weather. ( What…………………………………………!)

********************************************************
****************8
Chuyên đề 3 Mệnh đề và cụm từ ( Clauses and phrases)

I/ Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ mục đích:


1. Cụm từ chỉ mục đích : để diễn tả mục đích người ta sử dụng cụm từ bắt đầu bằng : Vto, in order
to, hoặc so as to.
Vto not Vto
In order to + V hoặc phủ định in order not to + V
So as to so as not to
2. Mệnh đề chỉ mục đích: chỉ mục đích của hành động ở mệnh đề chính : dùng so that
S + V +O + so that + S + can/ could/ will/ would + V + O.
II/. Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ kết quả:
1.Cụm từ chỉ kết quả:
* ENOUGH: đủ để có thể
S + V
+ Adj/ Adv + enough + Vto + O
Hoặc phủ định: S + V + not + Adj/Adv + enough + Vto + O

VD: He is tall enough to reach the top shelf.


I didn’t run fast enough to catch up the bus .
* TOO: quá…….. không thể
S + V + too + Adj/Adv + ( for + O) + Vto + O
VD: He is too short to play basket ball.
2.Mệnh đề chỉ kết quả: là mệnh đề phụ được dùng để chỉ kết quả do hành động của mệnh đề chính
gây ra.
* SO……THAT: quá…… đến nỗi không thể …..
S + V + so + Adj / Adv + that + S + V + O.
VD: She speaks English so quickly that we can’t understand her.
Có thể dùng với danh từ:
SO many + N đếm + that clause
SO much + N không đếm
* SUCH……..THAT: quá…… đến nỗi
It + be + such + a/an + Adj + N + that + S + V + O
They + be + such + Adj + Ns + that + S + V + O.

VD: The exercise is very difficult so we can’t finish.


= The exercise is so difficult that we can’t finish.
= It is such a difficult exercise that we can’t finish.
______________________________________________________________________________ 21
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* SO : cho nên
Clause ( nguyên nhân) , so + clause ( kết quả)
VD : The weather was very cold , so we couldn’t go out.
She didn’t study harder ,so she didn’t pass the exam.
III/ Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ nguyên nhân:
1. Cụm từ chỉ nguyên nhân:
Because of + N / V-ing
Due to/ owing to
VD : We couldn’t go out because of the bad weather .
2. Mệnh đề chỉ nguyên nhân:
Because
As + Clause ( nguyên
nhân) Since

VD: We couldn’t go out because the weather was bad .


IV/ Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ sự tương phản:
1. Cụm từ chỉ sự tương phản:

Inspite of + N/ V- ing: mặc dù, dù


Despite
VD: Inspite of the bad weather , we had a wonderful holiday.
2. Mệnh đề chỉ sự tương phản: chỉ sự tương phản của hai hành động trong câu
Though
Although + S + V + O.
Eventhough
VD: Although the weather was bad , we had a wonderful holiday.
Bài tập 11: Hãy viết lại các câu sau dùng từ gợi ý trong ngoặc:
1. We could do the test. It was very difficult.( aithough/ Inspite of)
2. He didn’t take a raincoat . He got wet.( because/ so).
3. Tom couldn’t go to school. He was ill.( so….that/ therefore).
4. Solar energy is cheap. It is also clean. ( both….and/ not only …but also)
5. These exercise are very difficult . She can’t do them.( so…that/ such…that/ too).
6. The room is so dark . I can’t see anything. ( too/ enough/ such)
7. The sound is very low. We can’t hear it.(so/ because)
8. The table is too heavy. He can’t move it.(not enough/ so..that/ such/too)
9. The car is very old . He can’t buy it.(so/ because of/ so…that/ such…that/ )
10.It rained heavily. They went to school.(eventhough/ despite/ but)

______________________________________________________________________________ 22
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. The cake is too hard for him to eat.(so…that/ because/ such)
12. The children couldn’t go swimming because the sea was rough.(too/ enough/ so)
13. Cars cause pollution. People still want them.( aithough)
14. The restaurant is so dirty that noone wants to eat there.(such/enough/too/because)
15.I can’t go with you . I have a lot of work to do.(so/ because of)
16. They arrived very late. They didn’t see the beginning of the film.( so…that/ too)
17. It was an expensive car. We couldn’t afford tobuy it.(so…that/ such)
18. There were few people at the meeting. It was cancelled.(so…that/ because)
19. We couldn’t understand her because she spoke too fast.( therefore/ enough)
20. I’ve meet too many people . I can’t remember all their name.( so..that/ because)
SO THAT/ IN ORDER THAT and SO AS TO / IN ORDER TO
I. Use to/ in order to/ so as(not) to + infinitive to combine each pair of sentences
1. Mother entered the room quietly. She didn’t want to wake up her baby.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Mary phoned me. She wanted to invite me to the party.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. We are learning English. We can get a good job.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. I took off my shoes. I didn’t want to make any noise.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. My mother needs a tin-opener. She wants to open this bottle.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Ken is learning Vietnamese. He wishes to read Kiều.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. He turned off the lights. He didn’t want to waste electricity.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. She locked the door. She doesn’t want to be disturbed.
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. Some evenings I go to the library. I want to study in peace and quiet.
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
10. After Jack got home from work, he turned on the TV.He wanted to watch the news
………………………………………………………………………………………….
II.Choose the best answer
1. The school boys are in a hurry (not to / in order not )miss their school bus.
2. They were talking in whispers (so that/ so as) nobody could hear them.
3. My mother needs a tin opener (to open/ for opening)the bottles.
4. Advice is given (in order that/ in order to )students can choose the best course.
5. You may put your money in a small coin bank( so that / in order) to keep it safe.
6. We wrote Katie's name on the calendar( so as not to/ so that not )forget her birthday
7. 'She stayed at work late (in order to/ so that)she could complete the report.

______________________________________________________________________________ 23
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. I need some new clothes. I haven't got anything nice (to wear/ in order to wear) .
9. The new paint. is excellent (to cover/ for covering )walls with cracks in.
10. Trees are being planted by the roadside (so as to / in order that )reduce traffic noise.
“ TOO …..TO” OR “ENOUGH TO”
I. Kết hợp cõu dựng “ … too + adj + for + …+ to – inf”
1. This milk is too hot .The child can’t drink it.
……………………………………………………………………
2. This weight Is too heavy. We can’t lift it
. ………………………………………………………………………
3. That door is too narrow.They can’t push the piano through it
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. That wall is too small .You can’t hang the picture on it.
…………………………………………………………
5. This program is too boring She can’t watch it.
 …………………………………………………………………
II. Nối cõu dựng “ adj + enough + (for) + to – inf”.
1. It’s not warm enough.You shouldn’t wear this coat in winter.
………………………………………………………………
2. that chair is not strong. I can’t stand on it.
………………………………………………………………………
3. This bed is not wide.You can’t sleep in it
………………………………………………………………………
4. There weren’t enough cups. I couldn’t make coffee for everyone..
…………………………………………………………………………..
5. He didn’t have enough time.He didn’t finish the examination.
……………………………………………………………………
III.Kết hợp cỏc cõu sau dựng “too … to” hoặc “enough to…”
1. These oranges are ripe. You can eat them.
 ………………………………………………………………………
2.He is strong. He can carry this table.
………………………………………………………………………
3. The house is large. My family can live in it.
 ……………………………………………………………………
4.It was very late. They didn’t go to the party.
……………………………………………………………………
5.The dress is so dirty. She can’t wear it.
………………………………………………………………………
6.She is tall. She can reach the top shelf.
………………………………………………………………………
7.Mr Brown isn’t rich. He can’t buy car.
 ………………………………………………………………………
8.My grandmother is very weak. She can’t lift the box.
 ……………………………………………………………
9.The film is very good. The children won’t miss it.
______________________________________________________________________________ 24
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ………………………………………………………………
10. Those shoes are large. You can wear them.
……………………………………………………………………

V/ Mệnh đề quan hệ:


Là mệnh đề phụ được dùng để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ đứng trước. Mệnh đề quan hệ đứng ngay sau danh
từ mà nó bổ nghĩa, thường được bắt đầu bằng:
+ Các đại từ quan hệ: Who, Whom,Whose, Which, that.
+ Các trạng từ quan hệ : Where, When , Why.
- Who: thay cho danh từ chỉ người, làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ
- Whom: thay cho tân ngữ chỉ người( him, her, them, us…)có thể dùng với giới từ : by whom,
with whom.
- Whose: thay cho tính từ sở hữu( him, her, their, your..) Whose + N
- Which: thay cho danh từ chỉ sự vật hoặc sự việc
- That: thay cho cả danh từ chỉ người và danh từ chỉ sự vật sự việc không được dùng sau dấu phẩy(
hay mệnh đề qh không xác định)
- Where: thay cho danh từ chỉ nơi chốn , địa điểm
- When: thay cho danh từ chỉ thời gian
- Why : thay cho danh từ chỉ nguyên nhân hay lí do( The reason why)
Bài tập 12 : Kết hợp các câu sau dùng các đại từ quan hệ hoặc trạng từ quan hệ thích hợp:
1.The woman is my sweetheart. I understand her the best
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
2.The friends went to Canada. I worked with them last year
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
3.The professor is excellent. I am taking her course
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
4.The things are strange to me. He is talking about them
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
5.Viet Nam is the country. I was born there
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
6.That is the boy. He broke my window
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
7.April Fool’s Day is a day. People play tricks on friends on that day
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
8.We visited the factory. Many modern cars were painted in that factory
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
9.The boy will be punished. He threw that stone
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
10.My sister wants to speak to you. You met her yesterday
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
11.The flowers were roses. I bought the flowers for my sister
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
12.The girl is beautiful. Her dress is red
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
13.Do you know the man? He sat next to me at the dinner last night
______________________________________________________________________________ 25
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
14.The car was very modern. Mr Green was driving the car
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
15.The woman is a nurse. We saw the woman’s daughter last week
………………………………………………………………………………………..............
16.The house was built 20 years ago. We are living in the house
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
17.We went away in August. The children were on holiday from school at that time
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
18.Mrs Jackson died yesterday. She had been ill for a long time
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
19.My English teacher is an American. He speaks Vietnamese very well
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
20.That is the singer. I was telling you about her
………………………………………………………………………………………...............
***************************************************
Chuyên đề 4: Tính từ và trạng từ ( Adjectives and Adverds )
I/ Tính từ ( Adjectives): là từ chỉ tính chất của người hoặc sự việc được biểu thị bầngmột danh từ hoặc
một đại từ.
- Tính từ thường được dùng kèm với các động từ sau: be, look, seem, sound, feel, tatse, make + O,
get + Adj.
VD: She is happy. The test seems difficult.
He looks tired. I feel hungry.
* chú ý phân biệt: He looks angry.
adj
He looks at me angrily.
Adv
- Tính từ thường dùng kèm với một danh từ tạo thành 1 cụm danh từ:
Adj + N = N phrase
VD: The car is old . = It’s an old car.
II/ Trạng từ ( Adverbs): là các từ cho biết sự việc diễn ra như thế nào hay chỉ cách thức của hoạt
động. Thường đứng ở cuối câu hoặc sau chủ ngữ.
- Các trạng từ luôn dùng kèm với cácđộng từ thường.
- Thường thì ta thêm LY vào sau tính từ để được một trạng từ :
Adj + LY= Adv
VD : bad-> badly
Careful-> carefully
Slow -> slowly
……………….
- Một số đặc biệt không theo qui tắc thêm ly:
+ Một số tính từ có âm cuối là: Y đổi thành I thêm ly:
VD: happy-> happily, angry-> angrily
+ Một số có E bỏ E thêm ly:
VD: terrible -> terribly
+ Một số chuyển thành từ khác: good-> well
______________________________________________________________________________ 26
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Một số giống như tính từ :
Hard, fast, late, wrong, early, lovely, lively, ugly, likely….
VD : He is a careful driver. He drives carefully.
Bài tập 1 : Chọn một dáp án thích hợp để hoàn thành câu
1. Rita plays the violin (good/well).
2. That is an (intense/ intensely) novel.
3. The sun is shining (bright/ brightly).
4. The boy speaks Spanish (fluent/ fluently).
5. The table has a (smooth/ smoothly) surface.
6. I don’t like to drink (bitter/ bitterly) tea.
7. The plane will arrive (soon/ soonly).
8.He had an accident because he was driving too (fast/ fastly).
9. Your cold sounds (terrible/ terribly).
10.They became (sick/ sickly) after eating the contaminated food.
11. I always feel (happy/ happily) when the sun is shining.
12. You look (terrible/ terribly). Are you all right?
13.There’s no point in doing a job if you don’t do it (proper/ properly).
14. Please keep (quiet/ quietly)! I am learning my lessons.
15. We didn’t go out because it was raining (heavy/ heavily).
16.You should make your clothes (clean/ cleanly) when you go out
17. Mai is (terrible/ terribly) upset about losing her job.
18. Linda likes wearing (colorful/ colorfully) clothes.
19.I think you behaved very ( shelfish/ selfishly)
Bài tập 2 :Viết các từ trong ngoặc cho thích hợp:
1. “ Please read this text( care) “
2. “ Could you shut the door ( quiet ).
3. He is a ( kind ) man. He always helps other people.
4. I’m ( extreme) tired. Idon’t to do anything more.
5. She type the letters very ( quick ).
6. Mai is a ( skill) dancer.
7. He is a ( care ) drive . He drives ( care) , so he often has accidents.
8. This test must be done ( care) .
9. My sister has got a ( beautiful) voice . She sings very ( beautiful).
10. Be ( care). This road is very dangerous.
11. She is ( tall) in my class. Noone in my class is ( tall) than her.
12. This is ( intresting) story I have ever read.
13. We have ( long) vacation than you.
14. There are ( much) milk in the bottles than in the cup.
15. English is ( widely) used than Chinese.
Dạng so sánh Của tính từ
1.2. Cấp độ so sánh :
- So sánh hơn với tính từ ngắn và tính từ dài
- So sánh hơn nhất với tính từ ngắn và tính từ dài
a. Dạng so sánh của tính từ ngắn :
* So sánh hơn : S1 + tobe + adj (ER) + than + S2

______________________________________________________________________________ 27
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* So sánh hơn nhất : S + tobe + THE + adj(EST) + (N)…
b. Dạng so sánh của tính từ dài :
* So sánh hơn : S1 + tobe + MORE + adj + than + S2
* So sánh hơn nhất : S + tobe + THE MOST + adj + (N)…
1.3. Một số qui tắc thêm ER và EST sau tính từ :
- Với tính từ, trạng từ ngắn, khi có tận cùng là 1 phụ âm đứng trớc duy nhất 1 nguyên âm thì
phải gấp đôi phụ âm cuối rồi mới thêm ER / EST, ngoại trừ kết thúc bằng từ W.
Eg: fat  fatter, big  bigger…
New  newer, few  fewer…
- Tính từ có chữ cái cuối cùng là Y  chuyển Y thành i rồi thêm ER / EST
1.4 Tính từ so sánh bất qui tắc (irregular form)
Adj So sánh hơn So sánh hơn nhất
Good : tốt better Best
Bad : tồi , xấu , kém worse Worst
Old : cũ , già Older/ elder Oldest/ eldest
Far : xa Farther/ further Farthest/ furthest
Much/many : nhiều More most
Little : ít less Least
Dựng hỡnh thức đúng của tính từ/ trạng từ trong ngoặc.
1.Mary is (pretty)……………………….. as her sister.
2. A new house is (expensive)………………………… than an old one.
3. His job is( important)……………………………than mine.
4. Of the four ties, I like the red one(well)……………………
5. Nobody is (happy)……………………… than Miss Snow.
6.Today English is the (international) ……………………………….. of languages.
7.Jonh is much( strong)……………………… than I thought.
8. Benches are ( comfortable)……………………………. than arm- chairs.
9. Bill is (good)…………………………. than you thought.
10.Mr Bush is the (delightful)……………………………… person I have ever known.
11.Dick is the ( careful)………………………of the 3 workers
12.Is the book( interesting)…………………………. than the one you read last week?
13. Gold is ( precious)………………………………than iron.
14.The weather today is (warm)…………………… than the weather yesterday.
15.This film is not (good)……………………………… as the one we saw last week.
16.Holidays are( pleasant)……………………………… than working days.
17.Which is ( high)……………………………. mountain in your country?
18. A house is ( strong)……………………… than a dog.
19. Robert is ( fat)………………………than his brother.
20.The Pacific is ( large)…………………...ocean in the world

****************************************************
Chuyên đề 5: Cụm động từ( phrasal verbs)
* Là một động từ kết hợp với một trạng từ hoặc một giới từ để tạo thành một động từ có nghĩa đặc biệt.
Một động từ khi kết hợp với các giới từ khác nhau thì có nghĩa khác nhau.
* Một số cụm động từ thường gặp:
______________________________________________________________________________ 28
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On: bật, mở
On: tiếp tục
- Go off: hư, thối, reo - Turn off: tắt
Up:vặn to
Out: đi ra ngoài, mất điện down: vặn nhỏ

- Look` up: tracứu


At: nhìn, xem

For: tìm kiếm

After : trông nom, chăm sóc

Forward to: mong


* Một số cụm động từ khác:
ADJECTIVE + PREPOSITION
1. Adjective + about:
Worried about: lo lắng Annoyed about: Phiền toỏi
Nervous about: lo lắng Angry about : giận về việc gỡ
Excited about: hồi hộp

2. Adjective + of:
Afraid of: sợ , e ngại Full of: đầy những
Scared of:sợ hói Short of: cạn kiệt
Fond of: thớch Capable / incapable of: có khả năng/ không có khả
Tired of: chỏn năng
Proud of: tự hào Aware / conscious of: ý thức về
Ashamed of: hổ thẹn Confident of: tin tưởng

3. Adjective + at:
- Good / bad/ excellent/ clever at (= giỏi / tốt / xuất sắc/ khộo lộo về…)
- surprised/ astonished/ amazed/ shocked at (or by): kinh ngạc
- skilful at: có kỹ năng về
4. Adjective + for:
- late for: muộn - ready for; sẵn sàng
- dangerous for: nguy hiểm - Responsible for:chựu trỏch nhiệm về việc
- famous for / well-known for: nổi tiếng gỡ
- suitable for: phự hợp - good for: tốt
- sorry for: xin lỗi
- helpful for / useful for: cú lợi / cú ớch
5. Adjective + with:
Fed up with/ bored with: chỏn Familiar with: quen thuộc với ai
Satisfied with: hài lũng Acquainted with: làm quen với
______________________________________________________________________________ 29
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delighted with: phấn khởi Covered with: bao phủ
Disappointed with; thất vọng Angry with: giận dữ
Crowded/ overcrowded with: đông đúc

6. Adjective + in:
- interested in: thớch, quan tõm về
- successful in:thành cụng
- confident in sb: tin cậy vào ai
7. Adjective + from:
- Absent from: vắng mặt
- different from: khỏc
- far from: xa
8. Adjective + to:
Nice/kind/polite/ generous/ friendly/ unfriendly to
Harmful to: cú hại
Similar to: tương tự
Note: Nice/kind/polite/ generous of sb to do st
9. Adjective + on:
Keen on: + n/ V-ing: say mờ
Dependent on + n/ V-ing: lệ thuộc
IV. VERB + PREPOSITION
1. VERBS + FOR:
- Look for: tỡm kiếm - pay for: trả tiền
- Thank for: cảm ơn - wait for: đợi

2. verbs + to:
- Belong to: thuộc về - prefer to: thích hơn
- listen to: nghe - complain to sb about st: phàn nàn
- happen to: xảy ra với - talk to: núi
- write to: viết
Speak to: núi

3. verbs + on:
Depend on: lệ thuộc vào / Rely on: tin cậy / Live on: sống nhờ vào
4. verbs + at:
- look at: /- glance at: liếc nhỡn vào / - smile at: cuời / - laugh at;cuời / - Shout at: la lối
- Point at: chĩa /- aim: nhằm
5. Verbs + of:

Consist of : bao gồm Complain to sb of / about st: phàn nàn


- die of/ from: chết vỡ think of/ about: nghĩ
- approve of: tỏn thành accuse sb of st: tố cỏo
- admire sb of st: khõm phục ai
6. Others:
- Look after + take care of: chăm súc - agree with: đồng ý
______________________________________________________________________________ 30
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- be/ get used to: quen - borrow st from sb; muợn
- suffer from; chựu đựng - participate in: tham gia
- look up / for/ at/ forward to/ : - Object to sb/ V-ing: phản đối
- put on/ off/: mặc/ hoón lại - call off: huỷ bỏ
- blame sb for st: đỗ lỗi - stand for: tượng trưng
- belong to: thuộc về - differ from: khỏc
- congratulate sb on st: chỳc mừng - introduce to sb: giới thiệu
- arrive at (station, bus, stop…) địa điểm nhỏ - escape from:thoỏt khỏi
- arrive in (London, Paris, Viet Nam..) địa điểm - insist on: khăng khăng
lớn - prevent from: ngăn chặn
- turn into/ change into: hoỏ ra - succeed in: thành cụng về
- bring up: nuụi lớn
PHRASAL VERBS
I . Complete these sentences , using a suitable preposition.
1. The radio is a bit aloud. Can you turn it ………a bit , please?
2. The children are asleep. Don’t wake them ……..
3. There were words that I didn’t understand , so I look ……………… in my dictionary.
4. Sorry I’m late. The car broke………………on the way here.
5. I’ve lost my keys . Can you help me look……… them ?
6. Thank you for your looking……………….. my children when we were away.
7. Why don’t we turn…………………. TV ? The Miss Contest is on now.
8. They turn……………………. the water while they repair a burst pipe.
9. Who’s looking………………the baby when you are away ?
10. There is a power cut and the light went……….
11. Are you still looking…………………. a job?
12. If we keep ……………………..using more and more cars, we’ll run out of oil.
II. Complete sentences . Use the verbs in the box.
turn off look for turn down go on
look forward wake up give up turn on
1.After graduating from college , he wants to ……………..a job.
2. “Please ……………… the radio, it’s too loud.”
3.Remember to……………. all lights before you leave the room
4. Don’t be depressed by your result ……………..
studying or you’ll get even worse ones.
5. “ ………………………….” , he said. “ This is not the time for sleeping”
6. I’m going to ……………….smoking tomorrow.
7. May I …………………the ceiling fan ? It’s too hot there.
8. We are …………………………. to our holiday.

Chuyên đề 6: Some more structures

1. Suggest( đề nghị ai làm việc gì)


S + susgest + V-ing + O
Eg: I suggest learning English.
S + susgest + that + S + should + V- inf
______________________________________________________________________________ 31
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eg: I suggest that we should save energy.

2. Sau giới từ động từ phải thêm đuôi Ing


On/in/of/by…… + V- ing
Eg: We can save reduce garbage by collecting plastic bags.
3. Sự khác nhau giữa Because & Because of:
*, …….because + pronoun/ noun + be + adj
*,……..because of + poss/the + adj + noun ( tính từ sở hữu)
Eg: This man can’t see well because he’s old
This man can’t see well because of his old age.
4.Từ nối :
- And( và): dùng thêm thông tin
Eg: His father is a docter and he works in hospital.
- Or( hoặc): diễn tả sự lựa chọn.
Eg: Do you study Maths or Chemistry?
- But(nhưng): nối hai ý tương phản nhau.
Eg: He is fat but his brother isn’t.
- So(do đó, vì thế): diễn tả hậu quả.
Eg: He is busy, so he can’t help you.
- Therefore(do đó) đồng nghĩa với So, chỉ hậu quả.
Eg: He is busy; therefore he can’t help you.
*Khác với So: Therefore - có thể theo sau dấu phẩy(,) dấu chấm phẩy(;) hoặc dấu chấm câu(.)
- However(Tuy nhiên): diễn tả sự tương phản, đồng nghĩa với But, nhưng luôn nối liền hai mệnh đề.
Eg: He’s over seventy; however, he’s still active.
It’s raining hard; the game is, however, going on.
5. Preposition of time ( Giụựi tửứ chổ thụứi gian ) : at, in ,on, from . . . to, for, by
- AT : + moọt ủieồm thụứi gian cuù theồ Ex : We have class at one o’clock.
+ night Ex : I sleep at night.
- IN : + thaựng/naờm/.. cuù theồ Ex : I was born in1994
+ the morning/afternoon / evening Ex : We have class in the morning.
- ON: + ngaứy trong tuaàn Ex : We have class on Monday.
+ ngaứy thaựng naờm Ex: I was born on April 6, 2006
- FROM + moọt ủieồm thụứi gian + TO + moọt ủieồm thụứi gian
Ex: We have class from 7.00 to 10.15
- FOR: + moọt khoaỷng thụứi gian : ủeồ noựi raống moọt caựi gỡ ủoự dieón ra bao laõu roài
Ex : We walked for 2 hours to reach the waterfall.
- BY: + moọt ủieồm thụứi gian Ex: Can you finish the work by five o’clock.
Bài tập Giới từ chỉ thời gian
I. Choose the suitable prepositions in brackets
1. Ba and Tam usually go fishing.. (on, in, from, at) the weekends.
2. The students will visit the capital. (on, in, at, of).the summer.
3. They heard a very strange noise. (on, in, at, out)midnight.
4. Our little brother took a long nap from 1p.m. (till, up, between, at)4p.m.
5. The competitions will take place. (from, between, up to, to) 8a.m and 12a.m.
6. She talked (in, for, at, up to).an hour to persuade her parents.

______________________________________________________________________________ 32
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. They have learned English (since, for, in, from).many years.
8. The boys often go skiing(in, at, on, for)the winter.
9. I’ve studied French. (for, since, in)3 months.
10. I arrived. (in, at, on, to)the bus stop at 4 in the afternoon.
11. She has been here. (in, since, for, on).yesterday.
12. We will go(in, at, on, to)a picnic next week.
13. She took many pictures to show the trip. (of, for, to, with)her parents.
14. There is a meeting (in, till, between, at)9 a.m. &2 p.m.
15. We have lived in Hanoi. (in, since, for, at)4 years.
16. She was born(in, of, at, on)16th January.
17. I’ve studied French. (for, since, in)last week.
18. We arrived at the bus stop at 4 (in, at, on, to)the afternoon.
19. What did she do (on, in, to, for)the weekend?
II. Fill in the blanks the correct prepositions.

1. I listen …………the news………… the radio.


2. I live………… a small flat ……………London.
3.Can you turn the volume………………a little ?I can’t hear it very clearly.
4.I waited twenty minutes………..a bus yesterday.
5. What are you doing…………......... Sunday evening ?
6. She arrived ………………….. the station two hours ago.
7. I was born…………….. 18th June 1987.
8. Students are encouraged to participate………….sporting activities.
9. Please take care …………everything while I am not at home
10. The opening ceremony was held…………….May ,2004.
11. We arrived………………… England by train.
12.The play is divided…………….. three parts.
13. He spent a lot of money……………….. his new car.
14.Why are these two schools so different………..each other ?
15. My brother is interested…………… chess but he is not very good…………………. it.
16. He has become very famous……………… his fictions.
17. Anita is fond ……………….playing the piano.
III. prepositions:
1. _____+ thứ/ ngày thỏng/ ngày lễ/ New year’s Eve
2. ____+ buổi/ tháng/ mùa/ năm
3. ____+ giờ/ night/ midnight/ Christmas/ Tet/Easter
4. ____+ the beginning/ end/ first/ last
5. ____+ the railway station/the airport
6. wait _____
7. thank _______(cảm ơn về)
8. kind_______+ O
9. take part _____ =____________ different_______
10. famous _______ useful ________good/ bad _______(tốt/hại cho …)
11. good/ bad ______( giỏi.tệ mụn….) excitied ______
12. fond_____ interested____
IV Fill in the blanks the correct prepositions.
______________________________________________________________________________ 33
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. It's very kind ……………….you to say so.
2. Do you think French is different………….English?
3. We often have parties …………Sundays.
4. Thank you very much ………the alarm clock that you sent me ………my 15th birthday.
5. We used to watch stars …………nights.
6. Could you help me ……………the housework?
7. Are you going to take part…………..this contest?
8. This restaurant is famous……………its Chinese dishes.
9. I arrived ______Tan Son Nhat Airport at 8: last night
10. My sister is not very good…………Math.
11. Do you know bananas are very good……………..our health.
12. I don’t know which website…………the Internet is useful …………..me?
13. Try to learn the meaning of new words………….heart.
14. Please wait……….me in a few minutes.
15. I am very excited ……………the trip, so I cannot sleep.
16. ………..first we used hand tools, later we had machines.
17. They are very proud ……..……their new house.
18. Alice will visit us …………Christmas.
19. They usually have a big party …………Christmas Day
V. Join sentences ,using “and , so , although , but , because , however , therefore”
1. She isn’t English . __________ ,she speaks English fluently
2. She went home …………………she was tired.
3. She can speak French ,………………….she can’t write it . ( however / but )
4. He worked hard ,…………………he passed all his exams.
5. She not only goes to school ______________ also has a part time job.
6. We haven’t got a dishwasher……………….. we haven’t got a microwave.
7. She is working late next Friday, ……………she can’t come to the party. ( so / therefore )
8. I haven’t got a car ,…………………I’ve got a motorbike.
9. We enjoyed the holiday………………………it rained a lot.
10.She didn’t study .________________ , she failed the test . ( Therefore / Because

Cấu trúc hay dùng


1. S + V+ too + adj/adv + (for someone) + to do something (quá....để cho ai làm gỡ...)
= S + V + so + adj/ adv + that +S + V (quá... đến nỗi mà...)
= It + V + such + (a/an) + N(s) + that + S +V (quá... đến nỗi mà...)
2. S + V + not + adj/ adv + enough + (for someone) + to do something. (Đủ/ không đủ... cho ai đó
làm gỡ...)
3. Have/ get + something + done (VpII) (nhờ ai hoặc thuờ ai làm gỡ...)
4. It + is + time/ high time + S + V (-ed, cột 2) /
It’s +time +for someone +to do something (đó đến lúc ai đó phải làm gỡ...)
5. It + takes/took+ O người + time + V to (làm gỡ... mất bao nhiờu thời gian...)
= S + spend + time + V ing ( Ai dùng bao nhiêu thời gian làm gì )
______________________________________________________________________________ 34
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. To prevent/stop + someone/something + From + V-ing (ngăn cản ai/cái gỡ... khụng làm gỡ..)
7. S + find+ it+ adj to do something (thấy ... để làm gỡ...)
8. S + prefer + Noun/ V-ing + to + N/ V-ing. (Thớch cỏi gỡ/làm gỡ hơn cái gỡ/ làm gỡ)
= S + Would rather + V* (infinitive) + than + V (infinitive) (thớch làm gỡ hơn làm gỡ)
= S + like + N/ Ving + better than + N/ Ving ………..
9. S + To be/get Used to + V-ing (quen làm gỡ)
= S + usually / often + V s, es + ………
10. S + used to + V + O (Thường làm gỡ trong qk và bõy giờ khụng làm nữa)
= S + often / usually + Vqk + O = S + don’t/ doesn’t + V + O anymore
11. to be amazed at = to be surprised at + N/V-ing: ngạc nhiờn về....
12. to be angry at + N/V-ing: tức giận về
13. to be good at/ bad at + N/ V-ing: giỏi về.../ kộm về...
14. by chance = by accident (adv): tỡnh cờ
15. to be/get tired of + N/V-ing: mệt mỏi về..= hate / tobe fed up with / tobe bored with + Ving
16. can’t stand/ help/ bear/ resist + V-ing: không nhịn được làm gỡ...
17. to be keen on/ to be fond of + N/V-ing : thớch làm gỡ đó...
= to be interested in + N/V-ing: quan tâm đến...= like/ love/ enjoy + N/ Ving
18. to waste + time/ money + V-ing: tốn tiền hoặc tgian làm gỡ
19. To give up + V-ing/ N: từ bỏ làm gỡ/ cỏi gỡ...
20. would like/ want/wish + to do something: thớch làm gỡ...
21. have + (something) to + Verb: cú cỏi gỡ đó để làm
22. It + be + something/ someone + that/ who: chớnh...mà...
23. Had better +V(infinitive): nờn làm gỡ. = should + V
Had better + not +V(infinitive): Không nên làm gỡ.= shouldn’t + V...
24. hate/ like/ dislike/ enjoy/ avoid/ finish/ mind/ postpone/ practise/ consider/ delay/ deny/
suggest/ risk/ keep/ imagine/ fancy + V-ing
25. It’s + adj + to + V-infinitive: quỏ gỡ ..để làm gỡ
= Vto …+ is + Adj
= Ving …+ is + Adj
26. S + need + Vto + O = S + have to +V +O = It’s + necessary + for + O + Vto+ O: cần phải làm
27. S + don’t/ doesn’t + need + Vto + O : Không cần phải làm…….
= S + don’t /doesn’t + have to + V + O
= It’s + not + necessary/ important + for + O + Vto…..
______________________________________________________________________________ 35
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28. Take place = happen = occur: xảy ra
29. There is + N-số ớt, there are + N-số nhiều: cú cỏi gỡ...
30. feel like + V-ing: cảm thấy thớch làm gỡ...
31. expect someone to do something: mong đợi ai làm gỡ...
32. advise someone to do something: khuyờn ai làm gỡ...
33. go + V-ing: chỉ cỏc trỏ tiờu khiển...(go camping...)
34. By + V-ing: bằng cỏch làm...
35. want/ plan/ agree/ wish/ attempt/ decide/ demand/ expect/ mean/ offer/ prepare/ happen/
hesitate/ hope/ afford/ intend/ manage/ try/ learn/ pretend/ promise/ seem/ refuse + TO + V-
infinitive
36. for a long time = for years = for ages: đó nhiều năm rồi (dùng trong thỡ hiện tại hoàn thành)
37. when + S + V(QkĐ), S + was/were + V-ing.
38. When + S + V(qkd), S + had + Pii
39. Before + S + V(qkd), S + had + Pii
40. After + S + had +Pii, S + V(qkd)
41. to be crowded with: rất đông cài gỡ đó...
42. to be full of: đầy cài gỡ đó...
43. To be/ seem/ sound/ became/ feel/ appear/ look/ go/ turn/ grow + adj (đây là các động từ tri giác
có nghĩa là: có vẻ như/ là/ dường như/ trở nên... sau chúng nếu có adj và adv thỡ chỳng ta phải chọn
adj
44. except for/ apart from: ngoài, trừ...
45. as soon as: ngay sau khi/ = when = until + S + V s, es + O
46. to be afraid of: sợ cỏi gỡ..
47. could hardly: hầu như không ( chú ý: hard khỏc hardly)
48. Have difficulty in + V-ing: gặp khó khăn làm gỡ...
49. Chỳ ý phõn biệt 2 loại tớnh từ V-ed và V-ing: dùng -ed để miêu tả về người, -ing cho vật. và khi
muốn nói về bản chất của cả người và vật ta dùng –ing
- That film is boring
- He is bored.
- He is an interesting man.
- That book is an interesting one. (khi đó không nên nhầm với –ed, chẳng hạn ta nói : a loved
man có nghĩa “người đàn ông được mến mộ”, tức là có nghĩa “Bị” và “Được” ở đó)
50. in which = where; on/at which = when
51. Put + up + with + V-ing: chịu đựng...

______________________________________________________________________________ 36
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52. Make use of + N/ V-ing: tận dụng cỏi gỡ đó...
53. Get + adj/ Pii
54. Make progress: tiến bộ...
55. take over + N: đảm nhiệm cái gỡ...
56. Bring about: mang lại
57. Chỳ ý: so + adj cũn such + N
58. At the end of và In the end (cuối cỏi gỡ đó và kết cục)
59. To find out : tỡm ra,
60. To succeed in: thành cụng trong... + Ving = manage + Vto
61. Go for a walk: đi dạo/ go on holiday/picnic: đi nghỉ
62. One of + so sánh hơn nhất + N: một trong những...
63. It is the first/ second.../best + Time + thỡ hiện tại hoàn thành
64. Live in: sống ở/ Live at + địa chỉ cụ thể/ Live on: sống nhờ vào...
65. To be fined for: bị phạt về
66. from behind: từ phớa sau...
67. so that + mệnh đề: để....
68. In case + mệnh đề: trong trường hợp...
69. can/ could/ may might/ will/ would/ shall/ should/ must/ ought to... (modal Verbs) + V-
infinitive
70. Remember:
- Remember doing sth: việc đó làm rồi và bõy giờ nhớ lại.
Vớ dụ I remember closing the door.
- Remember to do sth: nhớ phải làm việc gỡ.
Vớ dụ Remember to close the door after class.
71. Stop:
- Stop doing sth: dừng hẳn việc đang làm
Ví dụ I stopped smoking 2 months ago.
- Stop to do sth: dừng việc gỡ lại để làm gỡ
Vớ dụ I’m working in the garden and I stop to smoke.
72. Regret:
- Regret doing sth: việc đó làm và bõy giờ thấy hối hận.
Vớ dụ I regretted being late last week.
- Regret to do sth: Lấy làm tiếc phải núi, phải làm điều gỡ.
Vớ dụ I regret to be late tomorrow.
73. Go on:
- Go on doing sth: tiếp tục làm cựng một việc gỡ
Vớ dụ I went on talking for 2 hours.
______________________________________________________________________________ 37
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Go on to do sth: làm tiếp một việc gỡ khỏc
Vớ dụ After discussing the English speaking club, we went on to sing.
74. Mean:
- Mean doing sth: mang ý nghĩa
Vớ dụ Getting bad marks means having to learn more.
- Mean to do sth: dự định
Ví dụ He means to join the army.
75. Try
- Try doing sth: thử làm việc gỡ xem kết quả ra sao.
Vớ dụ This machine doesn’t work. We try pressing the red button.
- Try to do sth: cố gắng làm gỡ
Vớ dụ We try to work harder.
76. Suggest:
Ta có 2 cấu trúc câu với suggest:
- Suggest doing sth:
Ví dụ I suggest him applying for another job.
- Suggest + that + clause (động từ trong mệnh đề với that ở dạng should do hoặc nguyên thể không
TO).
Ví dụ I suggest that he (should) apply for another job.
77. See, watch, hear
- See, watch, hear + sb + do sth: Đó làm và chứng kiến toàn bộ sự việc.
Vớ dụ I saw her go out.
- See, watch, hear + sb+ doing sth: Đó làm và chứng kiến giữa chừng sự việc.
Vớ dụ I saw her waiting for him.
78. Love, hate, can’t bear, like
Love, hate, can’t bear, like + doing: chỉ sở thích.
Ví dụ I like getting up early.
Love, hate, can’t bear, like + to do sth: Cho là, cho rằng đó là một việc tốt cần phải làm.
Ví dụ I like to get up early.
79. Sau allow, advise, permit, recomend là tõn ngữ thỡ bổ trợ là to infinitive nhưng nếu không có tân
ngữ bổ trợ sẽ là V-ing.
Ví dụ They allow smoking.
They allow me to smoke.
80. Have sth done = get sth done: làm một việc gỡ đó nhưng nhờ hoặc thuê người khác làm, không
phải tự mỡnh làm.
Vớ dụ I have had my hair cut.
81. Have sb do sth = Get sb to do sth: Nhờ ai làm gỡ
Vớ dụ: He has his secretary type the letters.
80. S + started/ began + Vto/ Ving + O . ( ai bắt đầu làm gì khi nào )
= S + have/ has + VpII + O. ( Ai đã làm gì được bao lâu )
81. - Cho câu ở thì quá khứ :
S + stopped + V- ing + O ( Ai dừng không làm gì nữa )
______________________________________________________________________________ 38
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
= S + haven’t / hasn’t + V pII + O ( Ai không làm gì được bao lâu )
82 - Cho câu ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành phủ định :
S + haven’t / hasn’t + V pII + O
( Ai không làm gì được bao lâu )
= S + last + Vqk + O + ago/ in…….. ( Ai cuối cùng làm gì khi nào )
= The last time + S + Vqk + O + was …( Lần cuối ai làm gì là khi nào )
= It’s + thời gian + since + S + last + Vqk + O ( Đã được bao lâu kể từ lần cuối làm)
= S + didn’t + V + O
83- Cho câu hỏi :
When + did + S + V + O ?( khi nào ai làm gì )
= How long + have / has + S + O ? ( Ai đã làm gì được bao lâu)
= How long ago + did + S + V + O ? ( ai làm gì cách đây bao lâu )
= How long is it since + S + V qk + O ?( Đã bao lâu từ khi ai làm gì ? )
84.Các cách đưa lời gợi ý/ đề xuất
* How about + V-ing..? Thế còn....thì sao? All right/ Ok / That’s a good ideal.
= What about + V-ing..? Thế còn.....thì sao?
= Why don’t we/you + V..? Tại sao chúng ta/bạn lại không..?
= Let’s + V...? Chúng ta hãy...
= Shall we + V +O ?
= I think you should + V …….
= S + suggest + V-ing: Gợi ý cùng nhau làm gì
= S + suggest + that + S + should + V: Gợi ý cho ai đó làm gì
85. Đề nghị:
* Would you mind + V-ing...? Trả lời: Đồng ý Không đồng ý
* Do you mind + V-ing....? - No, I don’t mind - I’m sorry, I can’t
* Would you mind + if + S + Vqk ..? - No, of course not - I’m sorry, that is not
* Do you mind + if + S + V(s/es) .. ? - Not at all possible
- Please do - I’d prefer you didn’t
- Please go ahead - I’d rather you didn’t
86. Cách đọc “ S/ES ”: có 3 cách:
1. /s/ khi chữ cái tận cùng của từ là “t (te), p (pe), k (ke), f (gh)” , ph ,th
2. /iz/ khi chữ cái tận cùng là “ss, se, ce, ge, sh, ch, x, z”
3 . /z/ khi chữ cái tận cùng là các từ cṇ lại
87. Cách đọc “ ED ”:
1. /id/ khi chữ cái tận cùng của từ là “t” và “d”
2. /t/ khi chữ cái tận cùng là “p, k, gh ( f ), ss, se, ce, sh, ch, x, z , ”
3. /d/ khi chữ cái tận cùng là các từ cṇ lại
Bài tập trắc nghiệm luyện từ vựng
1.Malaysia is divided ................. two regions.
A.to B.on C.in D.into
2.She often goes to the ................ to pray because her religion is Islam.
A.church B.pagoda C.temple D.mosque
3.Mary was really .................. by the beauty of Ha Noi.

______________________________________________________________________________ 39
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.impress B.impression C.impressive D.impressed
4.The United States has a ........................... of around 250 million.
A.population B.separation C.addition D.introduction
5.Mathematics and Literature are ..................... subjects in high schools.
A.adding B.compulsory C.optional D.religious
6.Can you tell me how many chapters this book consists ......................... ?
A.of B.to C.with D.in
7.Don’t forget to add sugar to the mixture. This ................ is important.
A.add B.addition C.additional D.additionally
8. Vietnamese people are very ........................ and hospitable.
A.friend B.friendless C.friendly D.friendship
9.Churches and pagodas are places of ........................
A.visit B.worship C.amusement D.entertainment
10.The ................ religion in Malaysia is Islam.
A.biggest B.official C.popular D.first
11.I wish Susan ......................... harder for her examination.
A.will work B.worked C.has worked D.works
12.There used ................ a movie theater here, but it closed a long time ago.
A.be B.to be C. being D.been
13. I come from Viet Nam so I am not used to ............................ on the left.
A.drive B.drove C.driven D.driving
14.My grandfather .............................. many years ago.
A.had died B.died C.has died D.was dying
15.He wishes he ................... a billionaire.
A.was B.is C.will be D.were
16...................... clothes do you prefer, T.shirt or pullover ?
A.What B.How C.Which D.Where
17. It’s ............... to call anyone at night.
A.convenience B.inconvenience C. convenient D.inconvenient
18. The Ao dai is the .................... dress of Vietnamese women.
A.beautiful B.traditional C.casual D.baggy
19. The national dress of Japanese women is ...............................
A. Kimono B.Ao dai C. Sari D. Jeans
20. Nguyen Du is considered a famous Vietnamese........................................
A. poetry B. poem C. poet D. poetic
21. I don’t like that dress; it’s out of ................................
A. fashion B. order C. date D. luck
22. Mary .............................. write to me last year.
A. uses to B. used to C. is used to D. was used to
23. He ........................... with his friends in an apartment in HCMC since last week.
A. living B. has lived C. lived D. live
24. I wish you .......................... here tomorrow.
A. come B. came C. will come D. would come
25. Wearing uniform helps student ........................... equal in many ways.
A. fall B. feel C. fell D. felt

______________________________________________________________________________ 40
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26. It’s dangerous ........................... in this river.
A. swim B. to swim C. swimming D. swam
27. Millions of Christmas cards .............................. last month.
A. were sent B. sent C. send D. are sent
28. He hates being........................... at.
A. look B. looking C. to look D. looked
29. The Ao dai............................... for years.
A. is modernized B. was modernized C. has been modernized D. modernized
30. A new hospital........................... next year.
A. is built B. will be built C. will build D. build
31. All the homework .................... at home.
A. should be done B. should do C. should be doing D. should is done
32. Students ................. to participate in the after- school activities.
A. encourage B. are encouraged C. encouraged D. encouraging
33. The performing animals ................... in iron cages.
A. keep B. are keeping C. are kept D. kept
34. The animal performance is going to ........................... on TV tonight.
A. show B. be showing C. be shown D. showing
35. Getting to the village is a very ............................... journey.
A. interesting B. interested C. interest D. interests
36. What do you think about his .......................... of coins ?
A. collect B. collector C. collection D. collective
37. The tourists spent nearly half an hour ........................ photos of the pagoda and the tower.
A. catching B. to catch C. taking D. to take
38. I wish you ......................... us someday.
A. visit B. will visit C. visited D. would visit
39. It rains heavily, .............................. I can’t go to the movies with you.
A. and B. but C. because D. so
40. My father ..................... teaching in a small village 10 years ago.
A. starts B. started C. has started D. is starting
41. They got up quite late, ...................... they missed the bus.
A. and B. but C. so D. because
42. The competitions will take place ......................... 8 a.m and 12 a.m.
A. from B. between C. up to D. at
43. They have learnt English ............. many years.
A. in B. from C. since D. for
44. ...................... turning off the TV and lights, they went to bed.
A. Behind B. In front of C. Before D. After
45. My father was born ........................ September 21st 1950.
A. at B. in C. on D. to
46. We have many well- ........................ teachers here.
A. qualify B. quality C. qualified D. qualification
47. She said that she ....................... learning English with you.
A. like B. liked C. liking D. to like
48. She asked me where I ....................... from.

______________________________________________________________________________ 41
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. come B. came C. to come D. coming
49. If you want to attend the course, you ............................. pass the examination.
A. have to B. has to C. had to D. could
50. She ................... me whether I liked classical music or not.
A. ask B. asks C. asked D. asking
51. He told me he ........................... leave the city the following day.
A. will have to B. would have to C. has to D. had to
52. I ........................ to Lan’s birthday party if she invites me.
A. go B. will go C. went D. would go
53. She asked me if I .................. speak Chinese.
A. can B. could C. will D. shall
54.My friends practice .......................... to the radio everyday.
A. listen B. listened C. listening D. to listen
55. She thinks chatting on the internet is time- ..........................................
A. consume B. consumer C. consuming D. consumption
56. The cost of ........................... is very high in big cities.
A. live B. living C. lived D. life
57. Can you tell me who ..................... this kind of machine ?
A. invented B. invention C. inventor D. inventive
59. Remote controls are used to ....................... with TV.
A. interact B. interaction C. interactive D. interactively
60. In secondary schools in the countryside, the Internet is not .............................. yet.
A. existing B. present C. available D. on- line
61. Your teacher writes poems or stories, ......................... she ?
A. don’t B. won’t C. didn’t D. doesn’t
62. Going swimming in the summer is very exciting, .............................. it ?
A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t
63. Let’s dance together, ........................... ? The party is so wonderful.
A. shall we B. shan’t we C. will you D. won’t you
64. Don’t talk in class, ....................... you ? The teacher is explaining the lesson.
A. do B. don’t C. will D. won’t
65. I remember ......................... her somewhere.
A. see B. seeing C. saw D. to see
66. Don’t forget .................. the letter for me!~ I won’t.
A. post B. posted C. posting D. to post
67. I am late for the appointment, ......................... I ?
A. am B. aren’t C. am not D. isn’t
68.You should remember ......................... your warm clothes when it’s cold.
A. to wear B. wearing C. wear D. wore
69.I really hate ..........................
A. cook B. to cook C. cooking D. cooked
70. Tom enjoys ....................... books in his free time.
A. read B. to read C. reading D. reads
71. Ba spends a lot of time ................... English so he can speak it very well.
A. to learn B. learning C. learn D. learns

______________________________________________________________________________ 42
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72. Some children don’t like ........................... at home alone.
A. staying B. to stay C. stays D. stayed
73. He shouted and looked ........................ at me when I broke the vase.
A. angry B. angrier C. angrily D. angryly
74. He is tired ......................... he stayed up late watching TV.
A. so B. because C. but D. and
75. I suggest ................................ to the movies.
A. go B. to go C. going D. went
76. I will be ................... if she manages to sell that motorbike at high price.
A. surprise B. surprised C. surprising D. to surprise
77. Unless you understand, I ........................ explain it again to you.
A. am B. was C. will D. would
78. I won’t go unless you ............... me back the money.
A. to pay B. paid C. paying D. pay
79. If people drive their cars .........................., they won’t get hurt themselves and others.
A. careful B. carefully C. careless D.carelessly
80. If she ..................... enough money, she’ll buy her son a motorbike.
A. earn B. will earn C. earns D.is earning
81. Can you turn .................... the light ? It’s too dark.
A. on B. off C. in D. for
82. What are you looking .................. ? My picture book. I’ve lost it.
A. on B. off C. in D. for
83. A new air- conditioner will be .......................... this morning.
A. to install B. installed C. installing D. install
84. We have to get the pipes checked by a ......................
A. mechanic B. plumber C. piper ( nguoi thoi sao) D. engineer
85. Don’t forget to turn .................. the lights when you leave the classroom.
A. on B. out C. off D. up
86. Lighting ....................... for 30 percent of our electricity bill.
A. accouts B. makes C. puts D. does
87. She is very tired; ........................, she has to finish her homework.
A. moreover B. so C. and D. however
88. I suggest ................... money for the poor people in our neighborhood.
A. save B. to save C. saving D. saved
89. Who looks ..................... your childrren when you are away from home ?
A. for B. at C. after D. to
90. WE think that Mother’s Day should be celebrated ........................ .............................
A. nationhood B. nationwide C. nationality D. nation
91. He is a generous man. He is ............................ known for his generosity.
A. well B. good C. better D. best
92. I lived in Da Lat, ......................... is one of the most beautiful cities of Vietnam.
A. who B. which C. whom D. whose
93. The people ......................... live in Greece speak Greek.
A. which B. whom C. where D. who
94. Auld lang Syne is a song ......................... is sung on New Year’s Eve.

______________________________________________________________________________ 43
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. which B. who C. whom D. when
95. Peter, ........................... can compose many pieces of music, sings very well.
A. which B. whom C. who D. whose
96. Do you know the man ........................... you met yesterday?
A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
97. The men and animals .............................. you saw on TV were from China.
A. who B. whom C. which D. that
98. Tet is a festival .......................... occurs in late January or early February.
A. who B. which C. whom D. when
99. The car ............................ he has just bought is very expensive.
A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
100. They decide to go out ........................ it rained heavily.
A. but B. and C. although D. because
22. They stayed up late for a new television movie ........................ they had to go to school in the
morning.
A. even though B. but C. and D. despite
101. .....Lan practises speaking English everyday , she feels shy and timid when meeting the foreigners.
A. And B. But C. Though D. in spite of
102. The ........................... can know when a volcano will erupt nowadays.
A. science B. scientific C. scientists D. scientifically
103. A tropical storm which reaches 120 meters per hour is called a ....... in North and South America.
A. typhoon B. cyclone C. hurricane D. tornado
104. He warned me of the ........................ in the forest.
A. dangers B. dangerousness C. dangerously D. dangerous
105. Many people become ........................... because of the natural disasters every year.
A. homeland B. homesick C. homeless D. homework
106. The students are reading some books ................. are on disasters.
A. who B. whom C. which D. where
107. The lion- tamer and his lion ..................... we saw on the stage came from Moscow.
A. who B. which C. that D. when
108. The children .................. are playing in the back yard are Mr. Ba’s nephews.
A. whom B. that C. which D. why
109. We are going to visit Ha Long Bay ...................is one of the most interesting places of the North.
A. who B. which C. where D. when
110. Neil Amstrong , ................... was the first man walking on the moon is an American.
A. who B. which C. whom D. why
111. UFOs mean ............................... flying objects.
A. unknown B. unidentified C. unable D. imaginary
112. My parents do not allow me ........................., so i had t stay at home.
A. go B. to go C. going D. gone
113. If there were flying saucers, there ............................... traces of their landing.
A. would be B. will be C. are D. is
114. If I.................................... abird, I would be a dove.
A. am B. is C. are D. were
115. She would come to see you if she .............................. your address.

______________________________________________________________________________ 44
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. have B. has C. had D. having
Bài tập luyện viết câu
1.It’s a pity I can’t play the guitar well
I wish ……………………………………………………………………………………
2.My mother spent three hors making a dress
It took…………………………………………………………………………………………….
3.We haven’t been to the concert for over a year
The last time……………………………………………………………………………………
4.Reading newspapers in the morning gives him pleasure
He enjoys………………………………………………………………………………………
5.We last saw our grandfather 2 years ago
We haven’t………………………………………………………………………………………
6.You can make payment at any post office
Payment………………………………………………………………………………………
7.The president presented the trophy to the winner
The trophy………………………………………………………………………………………
8.I have never read such a romantic story
This is……………………………………………………………………………………………
9.He would go hunting when he was in Africa
He………………………………………………………………………………………………
10.His dog is called Tony
He........................................................................................................................
11.It’s nearly 20 years since my father saw my uncle
My father………………………………………………………………………………………
12.It’s a pity I don’t have a computer
I wish……………………………………………………………………………………………
13.They are going to build a new supermarket in my neighborhood
A new……………………………………………………………………………………………
14.The last time we went to a cinema was 2 years ago
We haven’t………………………………………………………………………………………
15.The journey to the village was very interesting to the boys
The boys felt……………………………………………………………………………………………
16.Why don’t we go to the countryside?
I suggested………………………………………………………………………………………
17.I’m sorry I’m not able to go with you
I wish……………………………………………………………………………………………
18.Spending the weekend in the countryside is very interesting
It’s……………………………………………………………………………………………….
19.I regretted not telling him what happened last night
I wish……………………………………………………………………………………………
20.I wish I could speak English fluently
It’s a……………………………………………………………………………………………
21.She is very pleased to going away on holiday soon
She’s looking……………………………………………………………………………………
22.Practice speaking English everyday or you can’t improve your English

______________________________________________________________________________ 45
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………
23.Do you like learning a foreign language?
Are you…………………………………………………………………………………………
24.The boy is sorry he doesn’t have his teacher’s addrress
The boy wishes…………………………………………………………………………………
25.The last time we saw him was on Monday
We……………………………………………………………………………………………….
26.I would rather watch TV than go to the cinema
I prefer…………………………………………………………………………………………
27.It rained so heavily that we decided to cancel the match
So heavily………………………………………………………………………………………
28.Please don’t interrupt me all the time
Would you mind…………………………………………………………………………………
29.My father said I could use his car
My father allowed………………………………………………………………………………
30I can do what I want and you can’t stop me
You can’t………………………………………………………………………………………
31.It’s not a good idea to travel during rush hour
It’s better to avoid………………………………………………………………………………
32.My brother spends three hours surfing the net every night
It takes…………………………………………………………………………………………
33.I was surprised I passed the exam
I didn’t expect……………………………………………………………………………………
34.Do you find it difficult to understand him?
Do you have…………………………………………………………………………………?
35.My mother never allows me to go out alone at night
My mother never lets……………………………………………………………………………
36.People should use bicycles for short journeys
Bicycles…………………………………………………………………………………………
37.Do you enjoy surfing the web?
Are you…………………………………………………………………………………………
38.” Why don’t you complain to the company,Nam?” said Phong
Phong suggested………………………………………………………………………………
39.Jane is excited abot meeting her old friends again
Jane is looking…………………………………………………………………………………
40.His parents made him study hard for the exam
He…………………………………………………………………………………………
41.It snowed heavily, so we couldn’t arrive home early
It snowed so……………………………………………………………………………………
42.They live in a very lovely house
The house………………………………………………………………………………………
43.Although she was successful, she felt dissatisfied
In spite of………………………………………………………………………………………
44.Why did you allow them to leave in the storm?
You shouldn’t let………………………………………………………………………………

______________________________________________________________________________ 46
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
45.Not a single house in the village escaped undamage
There was………………………………………………………………………………………
46.Although Mark felt unwell, he went on working
Despite…………………………………………………………………………………………
47.” Don’t forget to bring along the raincoat” Thuy’s grandma said
Thuy’s grandma
reminded……………………………………………………………………………………
48.The last time Thuy met her old friends was when they left school
Thuy hasn’t………………………………………………………………………………………
49.It was such lovely weather that we decided to spend the day on the beach
The weather……………………………………………………………………………………
50.Tokyo and Yokohama were struck by a disastrous earthquake in 1923
The cities…………………………………………………………………………………………
51.They will have to change the date of the meeting again
The date…………………………………………………………………………………………
52.I don’t have a key, so I can’t get in
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………
53.I’m too poor to take a space trip
I’m not…………………………………………………………………………………………
54.She was tired, but she stayed up late to watch the late film on TV
Although………………………………………………………………………………………
55.Since ha was careless, Tim lost his job
Because of………………………………………………………………………………………
56.Let’s go abroad for our holiday this year
Why……………………………………………………………………………………………
57.It’s nearly 20 years since we knew each other
We………………………………………………………………………………………………
58.It’s raining, so we can’t have lunch in the garden
If………………………………………………………………………………………………
59.The book was interesting to most children
Most children……………………………………………………………………………………
60.Without air, there would be no life on this planet
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………
61.I have never cread such an interesting book before
It is………………………………………………………………………………………………
62.People say that this castle was built in the 19 century
This castle………………………………………………………………………………………
63.The furniture was so expensive that I didn’t buy it
The furniture was too……………………………………………………………………………
64.” You damaged my bicycle, John” said Mary
Mary accused……………………………………………………………………………………
65.He spent all his money. He even borrowed some from me
Not only…………………………………………………………………………………………
66.She isn’t on board now, so she can’t experience these marvelous things
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………

______________________________________________________________________________ 47
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
67.The weather isn’t nice today, so we will not go to the zoo
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………
68.I can’t help you because I’m very busy
I’m too…………………………………………………………………………………………
69.She did not go to the party because she was too tired
She was so………………………………………………………………………………………
70.He is too short to be a goal keeper
He is not…………………………………………………………………………………………
71.You are too young to wear this dress
You are so………………………………………………………………………………………
72.She was so old that she couldn’t work hard
She was too………………………………………………………………………………………………
73.He asks somone to wash his car twice a month
He has……………………………………………………………………………………………
74.The story was so boring that I turned off the light and went to bed
It was such……………………………………………………………………………………
75.It was such an interesting film that no one of us wanted to miss
The film was………………………………………………………………………………
76.The suitcase was too heavy for me to carry
The suitcase was so……………………………………………………………………………
77.Nobody is as tall as Tam in my class
Tam is the……………………………………………………………………………………
78.I can’t wear these shoes because they are too small
These shoes are not………………………………………………………………………………
79.These traffic rules are very important. We must observe them at all times
These are such…………………………………………………………………………………..
80.In spite of the rain, we went to school yesterday
Although…………………………………………………………………………………………
81.The Tv film is so attractive that our parents see it through
It’s such…………………………………………………………………………………………
82.Everybody felt happy because of the news
The news………………………………………………………………………………………
83.The underground is both quicker and cheaper
The underground is not only……………………………………………………………………
84.The novel was so interesting that I have read it many times
It was……………………………………………………………………………………………
85.People say Mr Micawber is a picture of Dicken’s father
Mr Micawber……………………………………………………………………………………
86.We felt tired because of the hot weather
The hot weather………………………………………………………………………
87.The girl is so nice that everybody likes her
She is…………………………………………………………………………………………….
88.They said that Nam was a clever student
Nam……………………………………………………………………………………………
89.The boy was so unhappy that he ran away to London

______________________________________________________________________________ 48
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
He was…………………………………………………………………………………………
90.They thought that Miss Nga passed the exam
Miss Nga…………………………………………………………………………………………
91.They saw the birds return to their nest in the evening
The birds…………………………………………………………………………………………
92.The children laughed a lot because of the clowns
The clowns……………………………………………………………………………………
93.The package was too heavy for Nam to carry
Tha package was so……………………………………………………………………………
94.The car was so expensive that we couldn’t buy it
The car was too………………………………………………………………………………
95.He is such a lazy boy that he seldom learns his lessons
The boy…………………………………………………………………………………………
96.The buses don’t stop. They are full
Since……………………………………………………………………………………………
97.That bridge is so low that boats can’t sail under it
It’s such…………………………………………………………………………………………
98.Nga can’t cook as well as her mother
Nga’s mother…………………………………………………………………………………
99.He didn’t see you yesterday. He might not speak to you
If………………………………………………………………………………………………
100.They are not at home today. They don’t meet their aunt
If………………………………………………………………………………………………
101.He can’t do this exercise because it is very difficult
It is such…………………………………………………………………………………………
102.People say that the weather is very fine there
The weather……………………………………………………………………………………
103.We got lost because we didn’t have a map
If………………………………………………………………………………………………
104.When did you start learning French?
How long……………………………………………………………………………………
105.She hates people looking at her
She hates…………………………………………………………………………………………
106.The woman is friendly. Her daughter is a friend of mine
The woman……………………………………………………………………………………
107.She can’t walk anymore because she is too weak
Because of………………………………………………………………………………………
108.He didn’t train hard, so he couldn’t break past record
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………
109.If your son doesn’t get up early, he will be late for school
Unless……………………………………………………………………………………………
110.If she doesn’t work harder, she will lose her job
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………
111.He is sorry that he didn’t invite Jane to the party
He wishes………………………………………………………………………………………

______________________________________________________________________________ 49
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
112.I understood very little of what the headmaster said
I could hardly……………………………………………………………………………………
113.The walls of this house need paiting
The walls of this house
need…………………………………………………………………………………
114.He learned to drive when he was eighteen
He has……………………………………………………………………………………………
115.It was so late that nothing could be done
It was too………………………………………………………………………………………
116.The robber made the bank manager hand over the money
The bank manager………………………………………………………………………………
117.Why don’t you buy them this picture as a wedding present, Lan?
Minh suggested…………………………………………………………………………………
118.It’s three months since she started learning French
She has…………………………………………………………………………………………
119.She is very busy, but she still come to the meeting
Although…………………………………………………………………………………………
120.The air in this city isn’t pure, so we aren’t healthy
If………………………………………………………………………………………………
121.Chinese is very difficult. I can’t learn it
Chinese is too…………………………………………………………………………………
122.People don’t trust him because he tells lies
If………………………………………………………………………………………………
123.Despite the rain, they went to school
Although…………………………………………………………………………………………
124.Mr Phong was tired, so he didn’t go to the meeting
Because of……………………………………………………………………………………
125.Although it’s raining heavily, they still go to work
In spite…………………………………………………………………………………………
126.Peter is too short to reach the picture
Peter is not………………………………………………………………………………………
127.The house is mine. Its windows need paiting
The house………………………………………………………………………………………
128.Mount Pinatubo erupted in 1991. It is a vocalno in the Philippines.
Mount Pinatubo,
which………………………………………………………………………………………
129.She would rather read a book than watch TV
She prefers………………………………………………………………………………………
130.Although the weather was bad, they went swimming
In spite of……………………………………………………………………………………
131.Although Lan was ill, she still came to the meeting
Despite…………………………………………………………………………………………
132.Although he is rich, he never helps the poor
In spite of……………………………………………………………………………………
133.Although she is poor, she is always happy

______________________________________________________________________________ 50
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In spite of………………………………………………………………………………………
134.Although she passed the exam, she didn’t feel satisfied
Despite…………………………………………………………………………………………
135.Even though he was inexperienced, he got a good salary
In spte of………………………………………………………………………………………
136.She decided to accept the job although the salary is low
In spite of……………………………………………………………………………………
137.Although she is an accountant, she never seems to have money
Despite…………………………………………………………………………………………
138.He is very nice, but I don’t trust him
Even though……………………………………………………………………………………
139.Because she behaves well, everybody loves her
Because of………………………………………………………………………………………
140.Is it all right if you take care of the children?
Do you mind……………………………………………………………………………………
141.Why don’t we collect plastic bags?
I
suggest……………………………………………………………………………………………………

142.He said: “ Let’s keep sheets with single printed page for drafting”
He suggested
that……………………………………………………………………………………………
143.I haven’t eaten this kind of food before
This is the first
time…………………………………………………………………………………………
144.If we use solar energy, we can save natural resources
By………………………………………………………………………………………………
145.The children are going swimming because the weather is hot
Because of……………………………………………………………………………………
146.She is a very sweet singer
She sings…………………………………………………………………………………………
147.The bread is so stale that we can’t eat it
The bread isn’t…………………………………………………………………………………
148.He is such a slow speaker that his students get very bored
He speaks……………………………………………………………………………………
149.The problem is so difficult that we can’t solve it
The problem is too………………………………………………………………………………
150. He swims very well
He is……………………………………………………………………………………………
151.The film was so interesting that we would watch it many times
It was……………………………………………………………………………………………
152.Mark is too young to see the horror film
Mark is not………………………………………………………………………………………
153.You will catch a cold if you don’t keep your feet dry
Unless…………………………………………………………………………………………

______________________________________________________________________________ 51
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
154.Nam is sorry now that he didn’t accept the job
Nam now wishes that……………………………………………………………………………
155.It is said that he is 99 years
He……………………………………………………………………………………………
156.He drank such a lot of coffee that he couldn’t get to sleep
He drank so………………………………………………………………………………………
157.They saved money because they wanted to have a good summer holiday
They saved money so as…………………………………………………………………………
158.Although he is intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school
In…………………………………………………………………………………………………
159.If you run alt, you will get fitter
The…………………………………………………………………………………………
160.He couldn’t find the way to the hotel
He was not……………………………………………………………………
161.The door was so heavy that the child could not pust it open
The door was too………………………………………………………………………………
162.Please don’t play yor music so loudly
Would you mind…………………………………………………………………………………
163.Children shouldn’t swim in this pool because it is too deep
This pool is not…………………………………………………………………………………
164.They couldn’t do anything to stop people polluting the river
Nothing………………………………………………………………………………………
165.The game was called off because of heavy rain
It rained………………………………………………………………………………………
166.My car is going to be checked next Sunday
I’m…………………………………………………………………………………………
167.The test I did yesterday was so difficult that I couldn’t finish it in half an hour
Yesterday I did…………………………………………………………………………………
168.My grandfather was born in this small village
This is…………………………………………………………………………………………
169.He crashed his car although he drove carefully
Despite…………………………………………………………………………………………
170.This is the most thrilling film I’ve ever seen
I have…………………………………………………………………………………………
171.Taking photographs is one of Lan’s interests
Lan is……………………………………………………………………………………………
172. “I’m sorry. I can not help you with your thesis” Minh said to me
Minh refuses……………………………………………………………………………………
173.I have never seen such an interesting sight before
This is……………………………………………………………………………………………
174.They spent half an hour watching the news on TV every day
It takes…………………………………………………………………………………………
175.I’m fond of Johny although he behaves terribly
In spite…………………………………………………………………………………………
176.I can’t speak English as well as Nga

______________________________________________________________________________ 52
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nga speaks………………………………………………………………………………………
177.It isn’t necessary to finish all your homework tonight
You………………………………………………………………………………………………
178.Although he is old, he goes jogging every morning
Despite……………………………………………………………………………
179.He got severe punishment from the master
He was…………………………………………………………………………………………
180.It’s time for you to hand in all term papers
It’s time you……………………………………………………………………………………
181.He didn’t say goodbye to anyone when he left the room
He left……………………………………………………………………………………………
182. “How much time do you spend on English?” My English teacher asked
My English teacher………………………………………………………………………………
183.The film interested me more than the play
I thought………………………………………………………………………………………
184.She is always nervous when she takes an exam
Taking…………………………………………………………………………………………
185. “I’m sorry I broke the glass” Nam said to Lan
Nam aplogized………………………………………………………………………………
186.Who will take care of the children when you are away?
Who will…………………………………………………………………………………………
187.It’s age since we met Lopez
We………………………………………………………………………………………………
188.This mobile phone is not as cheap as I thought it would be
This mobile phone is……………………………………………………………………………
189.They used to make these vases by hand
These vases………………………………………………………………………………………
190.The last time he wrote to his parents was 2 months ago
It’s………………………………………………………………………………………………
191.Do few students learn Russian nowadays?
Few students……………………………………………………………………………………
192.She is the most intelligent in her class
No one………………………………………………………………………………
193.People say that the telephone was invented by Graham Bell
The telephone……………………………………………………………………………………
194. “Why don’t you write to Nga, Minh” said Phong
Phong suggested…………………………………………………………………………………
195. Tuan has been playing the piano for 15 years
Tuan started…………………………………………………………………………………
196. “Will I ever buy such a house?” Tuan sai to himself
Tuan wondered…………………………………………………………………………………
197.Nobody has maintained the ancient houses for at least 60 years
The ancient houses………………………………………………………………………………
198.The trip was terrifically exciting to the students
The students ............................................................................................................................................

______________________________________________________________________________ 53
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
199.He bought such a lot of books that he couldn’t read them all
So ...........................................................................................................................................................
200.Jane isn’t going to take part in the race and I’m not either
Neither Jane ............................................................................................................................................
201.Your house is bigger than mine
My house………………………………………………………………………………………
202.The question was so difficult that I couldn’t answer it
The question was
too…………………………………………………………………………………………
203.Jane doesn’t speak French as well as Betty
Betty……………………………………………………………………………………………
204.What a pity I broke the vase
I wish………………………………………………………………………………………
205.I’m sorry I don’t live near my work
I wish……………………………………………………………………………………………
206.My friend won’t lend me his car
I wish……………………………………………………………………………………………
207.Mr Nam is a ggod teacher of Physics. He is my uncle
Mr Nam, ………………………………………………………………………………………
208.Im sorry that I was absent from class yesterday
I wish……………………………………………………………………………………………
209.Today isn’t Sunday. The children can’t go swimming
If………………………………………………………………………………………………
210.We got lost because we didn’t have a map
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………
211.His friends were late so they missed the train
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………
212.Unless he phones immediately, he won’t get any information
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………
213.We don’t have anough rain, so we can’t grow rice
If…………………………………………………………………………………………………
214.The sky was so clear that I could see millions of stars
It was…………………………………………………………………………………………
215.It was such a long homework that I couldn’t finish it
The homework…………………………………………………………………………………
216.We went to bed early because we were tired
We were…………………………………………………………………………………………
217.The lesson is very difficult.We can’t understand it
It is………………………………………………………………………………………………
218.The car is so old that he doesn’t want to drive it
It is………………………………………………………………………………………………
219.Nam was so angry that he couldn’t say any thing
Nam was too……………………………………………………………………………………
220.Thank you for helping me
It was……………………………………………………………………………………………

______________________________________________________________________________ 54
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Bài tập luyện viết câu dùng từ gợi ý


1.We / not see / Martin / since / we / leave / college
2.Minh / wish / can speak / English / fluent / as / native speaker
3.We really / enjoy / fireworks / which / display / New Year’s Eve / last year
4.Scientists / think / how / use / rise / fal l /tide / produce / electricity
5.the air / now / pulluted / heavily / traffic fumes
6.these math problems / difficult / us / find / answer
7.this / house / I / born
8.I / interested / learn / English / and want / improve / speaking skill
9.Millions / cards / send / Christmas
10.This dictionary was / expensive / we / expect
11.The car / expensive / nobody / afford it
12.While I / dinner / phone / ring
13.It / a/ month/ since/ I / write / penpal.
14.They/ wish/ teacher/ go/ camping/ them/ next week.
15.I/ used/ go/ bed/ early/ when/ a boy.
16.She/ never/ wear/ plaid skirt / since/ I/ give/ her/ her birthday.
17.They/ just/ open/ fashion shop/ Tran Hung Dao street.
18.Bananas/ export/ Europe/ everyyear.
19.My home village/ be/ 30 km/ from/ city center.
20.She/ not apply/ this job/ unless/ she/ have/ certification.
21.Thank you/ much/ your letter/ arrive/ few days ago.
22.You/ get/ good job/ if/you/ speak English/ fluently.
23.Unless / weather/ nice/ we/ stay/ home.
24.They/ start/ learn/ English/ 2003.
25.Internet/ one of/ most/ wonderful/ invention/ modern life.
26.If/ they/ not/ come/ here/ we/ not/ be/ happy.
27.I/ write/ a letter/ If/ I/ know/ address.
28.It/ often/ take/ me/ fifteen minutes/ get/ school/ foot.
29.Let/ me/ congratulate/ you/ succes.
30.They/ suggest/ we/ protect/ environtment.
31.There/ so/ much/ smoke /room/ I/ not /breath.
32.Her book/ which/ publish/ last month/ become/ best seller.
33.It/ take/ me/ long time/ make/ mind.
34.She/ play/ only/ guitar/ also/ violent.
35.I/ hope/ you/ succeed/ examination.
36.You/ show /me/ way/ nearest/ bus /stop/ please.
37.What/ man/ wear/ when/ you/ see/ him.
38.They/ prefer/ listen/ music / watchTV.
39.I/ wish/ it/ stop/ rain.
40.If/ I/ be/ you/ I / stop/ smoke.
41.This/ first /time/ I/ write/ him.
42.I/ be/ sorry/ hear/ you/ not/ come.
43.I/ remember/ see/ you/ telivision/ times.

______________________________________________________________________________ 55
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
44.My/ uncle/give/ smoke/ one year.
45.When/ I/ write/ letter/ phone/ring.
46.It/ take/ them/ three years/ build/ bridge.
Bài tập luyện tìm lỗi sai và sửa lại
1. I feel really tired. I wish I didn’t go to the meeting last night.
2. He used to going to the zoo by bus. Now he goes by bike.
3. The Chinese build the Great Wall over two thousand years ago.
4. Mai is used to do her homework by herself.
5. We get used to live in the countryside before we moved there.
6.Thank you for inviting me to the party. I wish I can but I can’t.
7. The kitchen is not very big but there’s a lot of cupboards.
8. Nancy can play the violin when she was three and now she practises it.
9. We were very poor when we were first in America, we can’t buy anything.
10. They are going on a sightsee tour in Dalat.
11. We have lived in Vietnam for a long time so we used to the hot.
12. Primary school children can learn three language at school in India.
13. The West and East Malaysia are divide by about 640 km of the sea.
14. Can you tell me when the telephone is discovered?
15. When my brother went to work in the city library, he became interesting in books.
16. My uncle wishes he didn’t waste time when he was young.
17. We had to use the stairs because the elevator was out order.
18. He has worked for the same company since he leaves school.
19. Tom is good at Math. He is fond of attend a higher Mathematics course.
20. After living in England for a year, they finally get used to drive on the left.
21. I wish I didn’t tell him the truth. He looks so worried now.
22. I wish I can earn more money and work less time but of course I can’t.
23. The road on which we are driving is built in 1990.
24. The police asked her if she witnessed the accident and if she can recognize the guilty man.
25. He told us that he was absent from class the day before because his illness.
26. The teacher ordered us not open our books until she told us to do so.
27. I was prevented of arriving on time by a delay in the railway system.
28. The television is too expensive for we to buy at this time.
______________________________________________________________________________ 56
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29. My dear friends, I wish you will visit us someday this summer.
30. My father has started teaching in a small town by the sea ten years ago.
31. I will come and stay with you and your family on March .
32. He used to working full time, but now he is a part-time worker .
33. Let’s gathering somewhere for a coffee after this wonderful meeting.
34. I wish you can help me solve this mathematical problem .
35. They said that they would come there that day to attend the wedding.
36. Jim said that he was playing the piano in the hall now.
37. I look forward to hear from my mother in Singapore.
38.What about play tennis in stead of going to the cinema ?
39. Would you mind turn on the light, please ? I can’t sleep with a light .
40. If the little girl knew how to do it , she will be pleased.
41. He doesn’t like chocolate. If he does, he wouldn’t leave them all over the kitchen.
42. Although my next-door neighbor is not very cleverly, he is hard-working.
43. In spite the danger, they managed to cross the river during the night.
44. They sing so beautiful that everyone wants to listen to them.
45. She is so a good student that all her teachers like her.
46. He used to climbing mountains with his father in summer.
47. The book consists four chapters.
48. Don't tell him the truth, do you ?
49. How much languages can you speak fluently?
50. It took Peter three hours to opening the doors.
51. Mr John is the teacher now. He has been taught English since he came here in 1999.
52. They started learning English when they are 10 years old.
53. The children enjoyed to watch the performing lions.
54. Would you like visiting the museum with us ?
55. She wishes she is the most beautiful girl in the world.
56. Sally said she will be a teacher someday.
57. Are you interesting in learning foreign languages ?
58. I’m really looking forward to work with you.

______________________________________________________________________________ 57
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
59. The students seemed very nervously before the final exam.
60. You know where Karen is , do you ?
61. Malaysia is divided in two regions.
62. English are wide spoken in Malaysia.
63. In 1989 I left university and started work.
64.The man who wife is a famous singer visited me last week
65.Have you ever met David Beckham, whom we admire him very much ?
66.Sit down and have some coffee,please, will you ?
67.Mr Lan has just came back from his holiday in Nha Trang
Bài tập luyện ngữ âm
1. A. head B. bread C. weather D. clean
2. A. meet B. been C. deer D. between
3. A. pen B. parents C. seven D. children
4. A. count B. enough C. about D. house
5. A. tow B. town C. down D. flower
6. A. near B. hear C. dear D. wear
7. A. book B. cook C. look D. floor
8. A. badly B. sad C. marry D. table
9. A. nothing B. cover C. morning D. done
10. A. full B. pull C. bull D. study
11. A. heavy B. breakfast C. weather D. great
12. A. though B. about C. house D. couch
13. A. party B. marketing C. stare D. farm
14. A. blood B. zoo C. food D. room
15. A. send B. open C. bench D. pencil
16. A. tea B. please C. weather D. team
17. A. cat B. hat C. that D. hate
18. A. love B. home C. come D. some
19. A. floor B. more C. door D. too
20. A. ghost B. notice C. nose D. cold
21. A. region B. regard C. logical D. energy
22. A. mosque B. novel C. soil D. comic
23. A. say B. pray C. may D. can
24. A. impress B. depend C. express D. separate
25. A. how B. town C. power D. slow
26. A. new B. sew C. few D. nephew
27. A. stopped B. laughed C. walked D. stayed
28. A. son B. sure C. sun D. sort
29. A. televisions B. doors C. windows D. lights
30. A. received B. destroyed C. appeared D. erupted

______________________________________________________________________________ 58
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31. A. teacher B. children C. school D. exchange
32. A. flew B. drew C. knew D. grew
33. A. thunder B. ethnic C. health D. gather
34. A. subject B. lunar C. erupt D. suffer
35. A. celebrate B. capture C. conserve D. comprise
36. A. wishes B. fences C. courses D. styles
37. A. poetry B. grocery C. terrify D. sticky
38. A. teenage B. garbage C. carriage D. shortage
39. A. house B. high C. hole D. honest
40. A. bike B. right C. minute D. fine
41. A. change B. cheese C. choose D. chemistry
42. A. sugar B. sociable C. seaside D. seem
43. A. stage B. orphanage C. late D. cake
44. A. though B. think C. they D. that
45. A. moment B. mother C. focus D. notice
46. A. have B. take C. face D. make
47. A. candy B. try C. healthy D. friendly
48. A. match B. catch C. math D. watch
49. A. nice B. mice C. nice D. children
50. A. sugar B. pure C. tube D. future
51. A. father B. cake C. safe D. dangerous
52. A. chair B. chicken C. Christmas D. chance
53. A. food B. fool C. foot D. moon
54. A. cushion B. rule C. full D. bush
55. A. buffalo B. tube C. argue D. future
56. A. march B. table C. chase D. face
57. A. pause B. laugh C. because D. mausoleum
58. A. end B. enemy C. energy D. equal
59. A. shoe B. toe C. poet D. roe (bọc trứng cá)
60. A . beard B. fur C. search D. prefer
61. A. are B. fair C. there D. wear
62. A. reliable B. living C. revival D. final
63. A. hasty B. nasty C. tasty D. wastage
64. A. bead B. read C. dead D. leaf
65. A. massage B. carriage C. voyage D. dosage (liều lợng)
66. A. new B. few C. sew D. dew (sơng)
67. A. rose B. house C. mouse D. practise
68. A. great B. bread C. break D. steak
69. A. brought B. ought C. though D. thought
70. A. daughter B. laughter C. taught D. caught
71. A. hear B. spear C. dear D. swear
72. A. dictation B. repetition C. station D. question
73. A. hard B. card C. yard D. carry
74. A. are B. stare C. care D. dare
75. A. but B. burry C. nut D. fun

______________________________________________________________________________ 59
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
76. A. boat B. road C. broad D. coat
77. A. would B. out C. about D. round
78 A. height B. eight C. weight D. neighbor
79. A. where B. here C. hair D. there
80. A. cut B. shut C. pull D. stuff
81. A. opened B. played C. proved D. regarded
82. A. cook B. fool C. moon D. tool
83. A. eats B. gains C. signs D. sings
84. A. study B. ready C. puppy D. occupy
85. A. event B. lend C. even D. dentist
86. A. teacher B. clear C. reason D. mean
87. A. sound B. touch C. about D. account
88. A. real B. clear C. meat D. near
89. A. umbrella B. uniform C. university D. unit
90. A. some B. home C. come D. none
91. A. study B. classify C. fly D. occupy
92. A. noon B. moon C. flood D. mood
93. A. machine B. china C. church D. chase
94. A. promise B. recognise (ize) C. realise D. surprise
95. A. imagine B. examine C. determine D. combine
96. A. treasure B. leather C. feature D. please
97. A. tolerated B. needed C. collected D. looked
98. A. nature B. mature C. picture D. future
99. A. friendly B. pretty C. type D. study
100. A. gave B. slave C. hat D. escape
101. A. mounted B. dated C. conquered D. handed
102. A. legal B. leg C. lemon D. lend
103. A. enjoyed B. invited C. mended D. lasted
104 . A. hour B. honor C. host D. honest
105. A. sure B. scale C. serious D. stir
106. A. proud B. should C. sound D. count
107. A. meaning B. deaf C. steamer D. bead
108. A. comment B. equipment C. improvement D. development
109. A. lunar B. mark C. arrange D. sugar
110. A. allow B. all C. fall D. hall
111. A. magazine B. imagine C. valentine D. discipline
112. A . weight B . receive C . neighbor D . eight
113. A. peaceful B. meat C. instead D. leader
114. A. show B. flow C. crowd D. window
115. A. chart B. stretcher C. character D. crutch
115. A. occasion B. instruction C. cushion D. condition
116. A. fabric B. glassware C. facility D. gallery
117. A. reuse B. unit C. urban D. uniform
118. A. bother B. clothes C. both D. though
119. A. bought B. caught C. laughed D. ought

______________________________________________________________________________ 60
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
120. A. pretty B. get C. wet D. upset
121. A. country B. ceiling C. recover D. economy
122. A. after B. magic C. escape D. rag
123. A. scout B. outside C. stout D. cough
124. A. flood B. neighborhood C. roof D. noodle
125. A. heritage B. cottage C. luggage D. cage
126. A. mount B. cloud C. tour D. house
127. A. youth B. thank C. thirsty D. there
128. A. cheap B. match C. chore D. machine
129. A. corn B. import C. comfort D. resort
130. A. paddy B. paddle C. cave D. various
131. A. wise B. light C. shine D. milk
132. A. hunt B. pull C. sunny D. thunder
133. A. agree B. beer C. greeting D. sneeze
134. A. promise B. realize C. organize D. surprise
135. A. form B. word C. world D. worth
136. A. low B. slow C. allow D. own
137. A. laughter B. caught C. daughter D. taught
138. A. wealth B. weak C. peaceful D. beat
139. A. boat B. road C. broad D. coat
140. A. cut B. put C. study D. result
141. A. bread B. leather C. wear D. leader
142. A. visited B. needed C. lived D. wanted
143. A. young B. sound C. about D. account
144. A. thin B. think C. thing D. these
145. A. phoned B. called C. cooked D. climbed
146. A. can B. cell C. call D. cold
147. A. enough B. courage C. encounter D. nourish
148. A. machine B. cheap C. teacher D. child
149. A. leather B. dream C. weather D. ahead
150. A. thank B. they C. these D. than
151. A. talked B. watched C. lived D. stopped
152. A. balloon B. typhoon C. groom D. flood
153. A make B take C talk D play
154. A call B tall C ball D stage
155. A restaurant B sentence C festival D semester
156. A. comprise B. primary C. silence D. publish
157. A called B mended C wanted D invented
157. A. watched B. washed C. stopped D. concerned
158. A. bath B. father C. theater D. healthy
159. A. sound B. loud C. touch D. mount
160. A. looked B. watched C. lived D. stopped
161. A. study B. success C. surprise D. sugar
162. A. unite B. umbrella C. university D. uniform
163. A. garbage B. standard C. solar D. lunar

______________________________________________________________________________ 61
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
164. A. chorus B. children C. teacher D. change
165. A. late B. paper C. lunar D. pronunciation
166. A. term B. necessary C. semester D. mother
167. A. list B. underline C. highlight D. night
168. A. proud B. pronoun C. around D. enough
169. A. revision B. festival C. postcard D. promise
170. A. rather B. ethnic C. although D. without
171. A. climate B. comprise C. notice D. divide
172. A. mention B. option C. federation D. question
173. A. grew B. threw C. drew D. sew
175.A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough
176. A. chair B. cheap C. chorus D. child
177.A. missed B. closed C. called D. planned

Một số đề luyện vào THPT


Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 1
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. claimed B. walked C. laughed D. helped
2. A. character B. christmas C. chemistry D. change
3. A. ghost B. honest C. home D. hour
4. A. stays B. plays C. lays D. Stops
5. A. boxes B. washes C. watches D. goes
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6. Mai didn’t go to the zoo with her friends last Sunday because her sickness
7. If we would have a large garden, we would plant a lot of flowers in it
8. Nha Trang, that has a long beach, attracts many foreign visitors
9. A new department store was building in our town last month
10. They used to having big parties when they lived in the city.
11. Although my sister was tired, but she helped me with homework
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
12. If you come late , the teacher ………….you in
A. don’t let B. doesn’t let C. lets D. won’t let
13. I arrived at the meeting on time………..the traffic was bad
A. although B. In spite of C. because D. however
14. Mary works for a company ……………….make toys for children
A. who B. which C. whom D. whose
15. The girl……….is standing over there is my sister

______________________________________________________________________________ 62
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. whom B. whose C. who D. which
16.Malaysia is divided ………..two regions
A. to B. on C. in D. into
17.I wish they ……….here tomorrow
A. will come B. would come C. come D. came
18.I come from Vietnam so I am not used to ………….on the left
A. drive B. drove C. driven D. driving
19. The children are playing ………..in then schoolyard
A. happy B. happily C. happier D. happiness
20.The national dress of Japanese woman is …………………..
A. Kimono B. Ao dai C. Sari D. Jeans
21. I………..English here since I graduated from university
A. teach B. taught C. have taught D. am teaching
22. He used to…………full time , but now he is a part-time worker
A. work B. working C. worked D. works
23. She …………me whether I liked classical music or not
A. ask B. asks C. asked D. asking
24. I am fond of…………to the movies on Sundays
A. go B. going C. to go D. went
25. He never go to school late, ……….?
A. doesn’t he B. does he C. did he D. didn’t he
26. They spent all the morning ………….the lessons
A. learning B. learn C. learned D. to learn
27. He is tired ………he stayed up late
A. so B. because of C. because D. although
28. I was always nervous as the plane ……………
A. took up B. took off C. took on D. to learn
29. Do you know the man ………….you met yesterday?
A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
30. The men and the elephants ………….you saw on Tv last night are from Africa
A. which B. that C. whom D. who
IV. Choose the best sentence made from suggested words:
31. your/ watching/ brother/ TV/ does/ like/ football/ matches/?
A. Does your brother likes watching football matches on TV?
B. Does your brother like watching football matches TV?
C. Does your brother like watching football matches on TV?
D. Does your brother likes watch football matches on TV?
32. what/ you/ use/ Internet/ for?
A. What do you use the Internet for? C.What do you do the Internet for?
B. What do you use Internet for? D.What do you use the Internet?
33. are/ we/ fond/ play/ computer/ not/ games.
A. Are you not fond of playing computer games?
B. We are not fond of play computer games.
C. We are not fond playing computer games.
D. We are not fond of playing computer games.
34. internet/ is/ invention/ wonderful/ modern/ life.
A. The Internet is wonderful invention modern life.
B. The Internet is a wonderful invention of modern life.
C. The Internet is a wonderful invention the modern life.
D. The Internet is a wonderful invention of life.
35. surfing/ net/ I/ enjoy/ but/ have/ I/ don’t/ time/ it.
A. I enjoy surfing net but I don’t have much time it.
B. I enjoy surfing the net but I don’t have for it.
C. I enjoy surfing on the net but I don’t have much time for it.
______________________________________________________________________________ 63
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. I enjoy surfing on the net but I don’t have much time.
V. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
We are slowly (36)………the earth. The seas and rivers are(37)……….dirty to swim in. There is so smoke in the air
that is (38)………to live in many of the world’s cities. In one well-known city, for example,(39)………gases from cars
pollute the air so much that traffic policeman(40)………wear oxygen marks.
We have cut (41)………so many trees that are now vast areas of wasteland all over the world. As a result, farmers in
part of America can’t grow (42)……….to eat. In certain countries in Asia there is too little rice. Moreover, we do not take
enough care of the countryside. Wild animals are quickly (43)……..For distance, tigers are rare in India now because we
have killed too many for them to survive. We must act now before it is too (44)……….to do anything about us. Join us
now. Save the earth. It is (45)………important to ignore
36. A. destroy B. destroyed C. destroying D. to destroy
37. A. so B. so that. C. very D. too
38. A. healthy B. unhealthy C. healthful D. healthily
39. A. poisonous B. poison C. poisonously D. poisoned
40. A. have to B. may C. should D. will
41. A. down B. up C. off D. into
42. A. much B. enough C. many D. a lot
43. A. disappeared B. disappear C. disappearing D. disappear
44. A. lately B. later C. latest D. late
45. A. so B. so that C. too D. very
VI.Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before
46. Minh is one of my best friends. I have known her since we were at school
A. Minh, who I have known since we were at school, is one of my best friends
B. Minh, whom I have known since we were at school, is one of my best friends
C. Minh, whom I have known her since we were at school, is one of my best friends
D. Minh whom I have known since we were at school is one of my best friends
47. Today isn’t Sunday. We can’t go for a picnic
A. If today is Sunday, We could go for a picnic
B. If today were Sunday, We can go for a picnic
C. If today were Sunday, We could go for a picnic
D. If today were Sunday, We couldn’t go for a picnic
48. Quang failed the exam because he was very lazy
A. Quang failed the exam because of his laziness
B. Quang failed the exam because of his lazy
C. Quang failed the exam because of he laziness
D. Quang didn’t failed the exam because of his laziness
49. People speak English in Australia
A. English is spoke in Australia
B. English is speak in Australia
C. English is spoken in Australia
D. English are spoken in Australia
50.”How will you use English in the future?” said Bill
A. Bill asked me how would I use English in the future
B. Bill asked me how I will use English in the future
C. Bill asked me how you would use English in the future
D. Bill asked me how I would use English in the future
Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 2
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. gather B. there C. ethnic D. although
2. A. child B. school C. which D. catch
3. A. covered B. installed C. described D. decorated
4. A. beach B. lead C. great D. pleased
5. A. borrows B. works C. pockets D. stops

______________________________________________________________________________ 64
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
6. We haven’t seen him ................we left school
A. for B. since C. when D. while
7. My bicycle..................last night
A. has been stolen B. was stolen C. stole D. is stolen
8. I’m returning to England .....................the end of this term
A. on B. in C. at D. for
9. If you ................more slowly, he might understand you
A. speak B. spoke C. to speak D. speaking
10. You gave him my address,.............?
A. don’t you B. doesn’t you C. did you D. didn’t you
11. My family live.................... We always concern to one another
A. happy B. happily C. happyly D. happiness
12. Hoa is bad at................ English
A. speak B. speaking C. to speak D. speaks
13. I don’t like people ......................are never on time
A. whom B. who C. whose D. which
14. I managed to finish all the work ................I was very tired
A. so B. but C. although D. because
15. The supermarket ......................was destroyed in the fire has now been rebuilt
A. who B. which C. whom D. whose
16. He refused ...................with me
A. go B .to go C. going D. having gone
17. He offered me his notebook
A. lend B. lending C. to lend D. having lent
18. The old man went ...............across the street
A. slow B. slowly C. fastly D. hardly
19. Let’s .........................out tonight, shall we?
A. eat B. eating C. ate D. have eaten
20. He suggests that we ...................early tomorrow morning
A. started B. to start C. starting D. should start
21. Mary’s eyes are weak, ........................, she has to wear glasses
A therefore B. besides C. however D. also
22. ................................his old age , Mr. Brown goes jogging everyday
A. In spite B. Although C. However D. Despite
23. One of the reasons ....................I couldn’t go on holiday last year was that I was ill
A. which B. why C. when D. where
24. He is the man ........................novel was the best seller last year
A. who B. which C. whose D. that
25. My mother always picks me ...........................from school at 5 p.m
A. up B. out C. off D. in
III. Choose the best sentence made from suggested words:
26. what/ you/ like/ do/ your/ free/ time?
A.What do you like in your free time? C. What you like doing in your free time?
B. What do you like doing in your free time? D.What do you like doing your free time?
27. what/ favorite/ TV/ programs?
A. What are your favorite TV programs? C. What your favorite TV programs are?
B. What is the your favorite TV programs? D. What’s your favorite programs TV?
28. He/ much/ time/ TV programs/ spends
A. He spends much time TV programs C. He spends much time on TV programs
B. He spend much time TV programs D. He spent much time on TV programs
29. There/ be/ thousands/ volcano/ all over/ world/.
A. There are thousands volcanoes all over the world. C. There are thousands of volcanoes all over world.
B. There are thousands of volcano all over the world. D. There are thousands of volcanoes all over the world.
______________________________________________________________________________ 65
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30. volcano/ be/ mountain/ that/ open/ at/ top.
A. A volcano is mountain that is open at the top.
B. A volcano is a mountain that is opened at the top.
C. A volcano is a mountain that is open at the top.
D. A volcano is a mountain that open at the top.
III. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
31. Tom asked me help him while he was doing his homework
32. I enjoy listening to music and go dancing with my friends
33. She hated to be questioned by the police
34. We can’t afford going to the cinema twice a week afford : có thể, có đủ khả năng
35. If you work hard , you could get a day off next week
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
The second Sunday (36) .........................May is Mother’s Day . It is a public holiday in both Britain and
American (37).................. that day , children send Mother’s day cards (38)................. their mothers .They give their
mothers flowers or sweets as presents . Fathers (39)................. children do the cooking so that mothers can have a rest. In
the USA, Mother’s Day started in the 1980s. There was a small town (40)..................... Prunty town in the middle of the
USA. People in the town fought against each other during a war . After the war, they hated each other. Mrs Ann Reeves
Janis wanted the people (41)........................friends with each other again so she started “Mother’s Friendship Day”. On
that day, she visited all the other mothers in the town and said , “ Let us be friends with each other again”. Her idea
succeeded. The same thing (42)..................in other parts of the country. After she died, her daughter carried
(43).................her idea. In 1908, “Mother’s Friendship Day” became “Mother’s Day ”
36.A.in B.at C.on D. with
37.A.At B.In C.On D.To
38.A.as B.between C.among D.to
39.A.but B.and C.because D.although
40.A.call B.called C.calling D.to call
41.A.make B.making C.to make D.made
42.A.happen B.happening C.to happen D.happened
43.A.on B.in C.at D.by
VChoose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
44.She said to me “ I will go to China next week ”
A. She said to me that she would go to China the following week
B. She said to me that she would go to China next week
C. She said to me that she went to China the following week
D. She said to me that she will go to China the following week
45. She doesn’t go to China with us
A. I wish she goes to China with us C. I wish she went to China with us
B. I wish she did went to China with us D. I wish she can go to China with us
46. Someone has stolen my bike
A. My bike has been stolen C. My bike has stolen
B. My bike have been stolen D. My bike is stolen
47. She is the woman . I met her last week
A. She is the woman who I met last week C. She is the woman which I met last week
B. She is the woman whose I met last week D. She is the woman whom I met last week
48.Money doesn’t grow on trees . We aren’t rich
A. If money growed on trees , we would be rich C. If money grows on trees , we will be rich
B. If money grew on trees , we will be rich D. If money grew on trees , we would be rich
49. I last saw her ten years ago
A. I haven’t seen her since 10 years C. I haven’t seen her for 10 years
B. I didn’t see her for 10 years D. I didn’t seen her since 10 years
50. Cars cause pollution. However, people still want them
A. In spite of cars cause pollution , people still want them
B .Although cars cause pollution , people still want them
C. Because cars cause pollution , people still want them
______________________________________________________________________________ 66
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Cars cause pollution , so people still want them

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 3


I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. allows B. bets C. pours D. tells
2. A. cheap B. lunch C. machine D. armchair
3. A. added B. boasted C. closed D. tented
4. A. that B. this C. think D. mother
5. A. would B. south C. count D. mouth
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6. He couldn’t sleep, so he turned off the TV to watch some programs
7. Many of my students enjoy to surf the web in their free time
8. I’d rather to stay at home than go out at weekends
9. She is tired with being asked the same thing everyday
10. The students in this class were made learn very hard
11. Dien Bien Phu is the place which our army won a resounding victory in 1954
12. The weather is hot. I wish it is cooler
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
13. If you had time, I ………….to the beach with you this weekend
A. will go B. would go C. go D. can go
14. When I came to visit her last night, she ………….a bath
A. was having B. is having C. has D. had
15. Don’t waste time………….that broken vase
A. for mending B. mend C. to mend D. mending
16. My uncle …………….you met yesterday is a lawyer
A. what B. whose C. whom D. which
17. The tall boy is said …………..the most intelligent in his class
A. is B. to be C. be D. being
18. Up to now, I ……………a lot of information about her
A. have learnt B. would learn C. learnt D. will learn
19. She failed the test …………she studied hard
A. as B. despite C. although D. in spite of
20. The teacher told the boys to stop…………….
A. play B. played C. playing D. being played
21. Peter works for a company……………….make motorbikes
A. what B. which C. who D. whom
22. What is the name of the girl …………..bicycle was stolen?
A. whose B. who C. which D. when
23. We are fond ………..folk music
A. in B. at C. with D. of
24. My father is a ……………….He works in a garage
A. farmer B. mechanic C. teacher D. doctor
25. John drives very ……………., he has never had any accidents
A. careful B. carefully C. carelessly D. careless
26. You’ll fail the exam………..you learn harder
A. if B. unless C. where D. or
27. ……………….your homework finished last night?
A. Was B. Did C. Are D. Do
28. She used …………a lot this week
A. work B. to work C. working D. to working
29. My sister saw me ………….at the airport last night
A. on B. in C. off D. of
30. My parents are interested in ……………football match on TV
A. watching B. to watch C. watched D. watch
______________________________________________________________________________ 67
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. Read the text and choose the best answer to complete each sentences below:

A young man from Germany named Levi Strauss arrived in California in 1850. He went there to sell things to the miners.
He saw that the miners needed strong pants, so he began to make them. He used cloth that people made tents from. He put
rivets on the pockets to make them strong because the men put rocks in their pockets. These pants were very strong and
lasted a long time. The pants became very popular immediately.
Later Mr. Strauss started making jeans from cotton cloth from Nimes, France. People called this cloth denim.
Denim was popular in the fifteenth century. Christopher Columbus used denim for the sails of his ships. Sailors in Genoa,
Italy, wore denim pant. The words “jeans” comes from the word “Genoa”. Mr. Strauss made the first jeans in the United
States, but the idea and the kind of cloth came from Europe. The names came from France and Italy.
Jeans were always blue until recently. People used indigo to dye them. Indigo is the oldest dye in the world. Most
jeans have blue threads going across and white threads going up and down. These two colors make denim look different
from other kinds of cloth
31.The work denim comes from the name of a city in………………………
A. France B. India C. Italy D. Germany
32.The word jeans is fro the name of a city in……………………….
A. France B. The United States C. Italy D. Germany
33.Levis Strauss went to California to………………………………
A. sell things to miners B. look for gold C. make jeans D. be a sailor
34.Rivets………………………………..
A. made goods sails C. come from Genoa
B. make tents strong D. make the pockets of jeans strong
35.Cloth is made from thousands of…………………………………..
A. tents B. sails C. factories D. threads
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
Everyone wants to reduce pollution. But pollution problem is (36)………complicated as it is serious. It is
complicated (37)………much pollution is caused by things that benefit people . For example, exhaust (38)……..
automobiles causes a large percentage of all air pollution. But automobiles (39)……. transportation for millions of people.
Factories discharge much of the material (40)………….pollutes the air and water, but factories give employment to a
large (41) …….. of people .Too much fertilizer or pesticide can run soil , but fertilizer or pesticide (42)…… important
aids to the growing of crops. Thus, to end (43)……greatly reduces pollution immediately, people would have to
(44)……using many things that benefit them. Most people do not want to do that, of course. But pollution can
(45)……gradually reduced in several ways.
36. A.as B. more C. so D. very
37. A. because B. so C. that D. while
38. A. by B. from C. in D. at
39. A. carries B. takes C. affords D. provides
40. A. who B. whom C. that D. whole
41. A member B. number C. account D. numbers
42. A.were B. was C. is D. are
43. A.to B. or C. so D. that
44. A.stops B. stopping C. stop D. stopped
45. A. being B. to be C. is D. be
V.Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
46. They have just sold that old house.
A. That old house has just been sell C. That old house have just been sold
B. That old house has just been sold D. That old house has just be sold
47. It was such a hard cake that I couldn’t eat it
A. The cake was too hard that I couldn’t eat it C. The cake was so hard that I couldn’t eat it
B. The cake was hard enough that I couldn’t eat it D. The cake was very hard that I couldn’t eat it
48. “Let’s use fewer plastic bags” he said
A. He suggested to use fewer plastic bags C. He suggested use fewer plastic bags
B. He suggested using fewer plastic bags D. He suggested used fewer plastic bags
49.It’sapityIdon’thave a computer
______________________________________________________________________________ 68
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. I wish I had a computer C. I wish I didn’t have a computer
B. I wish I have a computer D. I wish I don’t have a computer
50. In spite of not speaking Vietnamese, Mr. Anderson decided to settle in Hanoi
A. Despite of not speaking Vietnamese, Mr. Anderson decided to settle in Hanoi
B. Although Mr. Anderson couldn’t speak Vietnamese; Mr. Anderson decided to settle in Hanoi
C. Although not speaking Vietnamese, Mr. Anderson decided to settle in Hanoi
D. Despite Mr. Anderson couldn’t speak Vietnamese; Mr. Anderson decided to settle in H

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 4


I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. shops B. notes C. calls D. walks
2. A. changed B. learned C. laughed D. played
3. A. chair B. chin C. chemical D. check
4. A. too B. food C. soon D. good
5. A. that B. three C. thank D. think
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6. His teacher encouraged him taking part in the competition
7. My family used to be having dinner at 7 o’clock in the evening
10. Your friends went to your native village last week, weren’t they ?
11. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air , our breathing will be badly effected
12. We suggest to plant more trees along the streets to have more sheds and fresh air
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
13. We are ready .................the environment
A. clean B. to clean C. cleaning D. cleaned
14. This is the house ………….Nam was born
A. where B. which C. that D. when
15.It is Saturday today , ………….?
A. is it B. isn’t it C. it isn’t D. wasn’t it
16.If I were you , I……………..do that
A. didn’t B. can’t C. wouldn’t D. won’t
17. She suggested ………to music
A. listen B. listening C. to listen D. to listening
18. Listen to the weather ………………….to know what the weather will be like tomorrow
A. climate B. temperature C. forecast D. program
19. I wish it …………… rain so often here
A. doesn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. did
20. The picture ………….. Tom is looking at is very beautiful
A. whose B. whom C. which D. when
21. Let’s go dancing, ……………?
A. shall we B. will we C. do we D. should we
22. Vietnam, …………..is in the South-East Asia , exports rice
A. who B. where C. which D. whose
23. Why don’t you have your car ……………?
A. washed B. wash C. to wash D. washing
24. Computer is one of the most important……………….of the 20th century
A. inventions B. invent C. to invent D. inventor
25. I retired when I was sixty, and now I’m living on my …………………
A. wages B. salary C. pay D. pension
26. Twenty five dollars ………….too much to pay for that shirt
A. are B. is C. were D. been
27. If I could speak English, I ……………..for that job
A. will apply B. would apply C. applied D. apply
28. She is very tired,…………….., she has to finish her homework
A. moreover B. but C. so D. however
______________________________________________________________________________ 69
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29. Who looks………………your children when you are away from home?
A. for B. at C. after D. to
30. They learn English ……………they intent to go abroad
A. and B. or C. so D. because
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
There has been a revolution in the world of newspapers. Not many years (31)…………, newspapers were still
being produced using techniques unchanged for (32)………….hundred years. The journalist gave their stories to a typist,
who prepared them for an editor, who passed them on (33)……………..the printer. The printer, who was a
(34)………skilled man, set up the type. (35)………..was then collected to make the papers .When the pages were
complete, the printing machines could be (36)………Nowadays what (37)……….? The journalists type their stories into a
computer. The (38)………….check s their spelling, plans the page, shapes the articles .When the pages are ready, another
computer may control the printing (39)……can be no doubt about it, producing a newspaper is an entirely different
(40)…..now
31. A. before B. after C. ago D. yet
32. A. a B. some C. an D. over
33. A. to B. by C. through D. with
34. A. hardly B. mostly C. partly D. very
35. A. They B. Which C. This D. All
36. A. switched B. started C. stopped D. moved
37. A. gives B. occurs C. goes D. happens
38. A. computer B. editor C. typist D. printer
38. A. It B. There C. You D. We
40. A. skill B. work C. management D. business
IV. Choose the best sentence made from suggested words:
41. day/ May/ celebrated/ mother’s/ second/Sunday
A. Mother’s day celebrated on second Sunday in May
B. Mother’s day was celebrated on the second Sunday in May
C. Mother’s day is celebrated the second Sunday in May
B. Mother’s day is celebrated on the second Sunday in May
42. best/ Mom/ gift/ for/ of all/ American/ day/ leisure/ is/.
A. The best gift of all for American Mom is the day of leisure
B. The best gift for all American Mom is the day of leisure
C. The best gift of all for an American Mom is a day of leisure
D. The best gift of all for American Mom is a day of leisure
43. Sunday/ Father’s Day/ be/ celebrated/ third/ June/ countries
A. Father’s Day celebrated the third Sunday in June in countries
B. Father’s Day is celebrated on the third Sunday in June in some countries
C. Father’s Day is celebrated on third Sunday June in some countries
D. Father’s Day celebrated the third Sunday in June in some countries
44. celebrate/ Independence/ we/ Day/ second/ September/.
A. We celebrate Independence Day the second of September
B. We celebrate our Independence Day the second of September
C. We celebrate Independence Day on second of September
D. We celebrate our Independence Day on the second of September
45. “Ring a bell”/ be/ Christmas Eve/ song/ which/ sung
A. “Ring a bell” was a song which sung in Christmas Eve
B. “Ring a bell” is a song which is sung on Christmas Eve
C. “Ring a bell” is a song which sung at Christmas Eve
D. “Ring a bell” is a song which was sung on Christmas Eve
V. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
46. If you don’t study harder, you will surely fail the next exam
A. Unless you don’t study harder, you will surely fail the next exam
B. Unless you study harder, you will surely fail the next exam
C. Unless you study harder, you won’t surely fail the next exam
______________________________________________________________________________ 70
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Unless you don’t study harder, you won’t surely fail the next exam
47. They will open the National Stadium next Sunday
A. The National Stadium will be opened next Sunday
B. The National Stadium will be open next Sunday
C. The National Stadium will opened next Sunday
D. The National Stadium will open next Sunday
48. “Are you interested in learning English?” said Ann
A. Ann asked me if I am interested in learning English
B. Ann asked me if I was interested in learning English
C. Ann asked me that I was interested in learning English
D. Ann asked me if you were interested in learning English
49. Quang plays the piano very well. He lives next door
A. Quang, who lives next door, plays the piano very well
B. Quang, whom lives next door, plays the piano very well
C. Quang, who lives next door plays the piano very well
D. Quang, whose lives next door, plays the piano very well
50. I was very amused, so I couldn’t stop laughing
A. I could stop laughing because I was very amused
B. I couldn’t stop laughing although I was very amused
C. I couldn’t stop laughing because I was very amused
D. I could stop laughing but I was very amused

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 5


I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. Watch B. Mechanic C. Children D. Chicken
2. A. Reported B. Succeeded C. Landed D. Finished
3. A. Laugh B. Caught C. Naughty D. Taught
4. A. Neighbor B. Weigh C. Height D. Freight
5. A. Wealthy B. Breathe C. Breakthrough D. Thickness
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6. Would you like visiting the museum with us?
7. I’m really looking forward to work with you
8. The man whom visited our school yesterday is a famous artist
9. The students seemed very nervously before the final exam
10. If they will use more cars, atmosphere will be polluted
11. I haven’t met you before, don’t I?
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
12. I suggest ................garbage in the garbage bin
A .put B. to put C. putting D. puting
13. It seems difficult for us .................abroad at the moment
A. went B. gone C. to go D. go
14. There used................a stadium here , but it closed long time ago
A. be B. being C. been D. to be
15.I wish they ..................here tomorrow
A. come B. will come C. came D. would come
16......................playing badminton?
A. Does she use to B. Did she use to C. Is she used to D. Will she use to
17. The ..................language in Malaysia is Bahasa Malaysia
A. nationality B. national C. nation D. nationally
18. He would rather you ......................the floor
A. clean B cleaned C. to clean D. cleans
19.The boy denied ................the bicycle
A. steal B. stole C. to steal D. stealing
20. I......................English here since I graduated from university
______________________________________________________________________________ 71
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. taught B. have taught C. am teaching D. teach
21. It’s time for us ...............the bus
A. to catch B. catch C. catching D caught
22. There is a shrine .....................the top of the mountain near my house
A. in B. from C. at D. on
23. She has come here ..................yesterday
A. since B. for C. on D. O
24. There is a meeting .......................9:00 a.m and 2:00 p.m
A. till B. at C. on D. between
25.It rains heavily,.................I can’t go to the movies with you
A. because B. and C. so D. but
26. Do you enjoy................... E?
A. learn B. learnt C. to learn D. learning
27. She asked me where I...........................that car.
A. buy B. bought C. will buy D. can buy
28.He.....................answered these questions
A. exact B. exactly C. exacting D. exacted
29. Let’s dance together, ..................? The party is so wonderful.
A. won’t you B. will you C. shan’t we D. shall we
30. Many ...............come to Van Mieu everyday
A. visit B. visiters C. visitors D. visiting
31. If he ..................here on time, he can meet me
A. come B. will come C. came D. comes
32. I’m looking ................some new words in the dictionary
A. up B. for C. after D. at
IV. Choose the best sentence made from suggested words:
33.be/ important/ part/ Mother’s Day/ flowers/.
A. Flowers are important part on Mother’s Day.
B. Flowers are important of Mother’s Day.
C. Flowers are part of Mother’s Day.
D. Flowers are an important part of Mother’s Day.
34. Scientists/ know/ a lot/ about/ earth/.
A. Scientists have known a lot about the earth.
B. Scientists knows a lot about the earth.
C. Scientists have known a lot about earth.
D. Scientists knew a lot about the earth.
35. They/ understand/ how/ mountains/ made/ and/ what/ be/ volcano/.
A. They understand how mountains made and what a volcano is.
B. They understand how mountains are made and what a volcano is.
C. They understand how mountains are made and what is a volcano.
D. They understand how mountains made and what a volcano was.
36. We/ should/ stop/ destroying/ forests/ as they/ important/ our/ environment
A. We should stop destroy forests as they’re important to our environment.
B. We should stop destroying forests as they’re important to our environment.
C. We should stop destroy forests as they’re important to environment.
D. We should stop to destroy forests as they’re important to our environment.
37. It/ necessary/ we/ build/ water tank/ store/ water.
A. It’s necessary that we build a water tank to store water.
B. It’s necessary we build a water tank to store water.
C. It’s necessary that we built a water tank store water.
D. It’s necessary that we build water tank to store water.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
Are you looking (38)................a cheap, clean, effective source of power that doesn’t cause pollution or waste
(390..........resources? Look no further than solar energy (40)......our sun.
______________________________________________________________________________ 72
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At present, most of our electricity (41)……from the use of coal and gas, oil or nuclear power. This power could be
( 42)……by the sun . One percent of the solar energy that reaches the Earth is enough to provide power for the total
population.
Many countries are already using solar energy. Solar panels are placed. (43)……..the roofs of a house and the
Sun’s energy is used to heat water. The energy can be stored for a number of days (44)…….on cloudy days you can use
solar energy, too
Sweden has an (45)……….solar energy program. There, all buildings will be heated by solar energy and cars will
use solar power instead of gas by the year 2015
38.A. at B. for C. up D. after
39. A. natural B. naturally C. nature D. natured
40. A. to B. on C. from D. at
41. A. come B. comes C. came D. has come
42. A. provide B. providing C. provided D. to provide
43. A. in B. to C. from D. on
44. A. because B. but C. and D. so
45. A. advanced B. advancing C. advance D. advancement
V. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
46. He said to me “Do this test again, please!”
A. He asked me to do this test again, please C. He asked me to do this test again
B. He asked me to do that test again, please D. He asked me to do that test again
47. I want to meet Alice, but I don’t have her address
A. If I had Alice’s address, I would meet her C. If I don’t have Alice’s address, I won’t meet her
B. If I have Alice’s address, I will meet her D. B and C are correct
48. How long have you bought this car?
A. When did you buy this car? C . When have you buy this car?
B . When have you bought this car? D. When did you bought this car?
49. The man is my secretary. You saw him yesterday.
A. The man whom you saw yesterday is my secretary
A. The man is my secretary who you saw yesterday
A. The man which you saw yesterday is my secretary
A. The man is my secretary you saw whom yesterday
50. Why don’t you go camping?
A. Let’s go camping
B. Let’s to go camping
C. Shall we going camping?
D. How about go camping ?
Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 6
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. appeared B. formed C. imagined D. vanished
2. A. exchange B. champagne C. teacher D. children
3. A. oranges B. figures C. classes D. watches
4. A. thunder B. ethnic C. health D. gather
5. A. shops B. notes C. calls D. walks
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6. Mary asked me how did I go to school everyday
7. The English course will start in May 29th and finished in August
8. Last summer my family went to Vung Tau , where my aunt is living there
9. Our neighbor will look for the garden when we go on holiday
10. Lan wishes that she can go to Singapore to visit her pen pal
11. We are used to live next door to each other at one time
III. Read the text and choose the best answer to complete each sentences below:
News media are the means or methods by which people lean what is happening in the city, in the country and in
the world. The News media can be classified into two general categories: the categories of print media and electronic
media. Print media use the written material to communicate news to readers. Electronic media use air waves to send news
______________________________________________________________________________ 73
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
into homes, offices and public places. Print media are usually divided into magazines and newspapers. Most newspapers
print news daily. For example, the newspaper “The news work times’’ is published weekly , the Newsweek and Times
magazines are published once a week. The electronic media are generally divided into radio and television. Radio news is
the one that you listen to. In the United States, many radio stations broadcast five minutes of news every hour. Television
news is the one that you not only listen to but also watch. In Canada and the United states, for example, many people
watch an hour of news on TV at six o’clock in the evening. In the future new categories of news media will develop. Even
today computers are beginning to influence the transmission and reception of news
12. What do the print media use to communicate the news?
A. TV B. air waves C. radio D. newspapers
13. What do the electronic media use to broadcast news?
A. air waves B. magazines C. newspapers D. books
14. What is the New York Time an example of ?
A. magazine B. newspaper C. radio program D. television program
15. Which of the following print media are published?
A. Newsweek B. Times C. The New York Times D. all of above
16. Which of the following electronic media are broadcast?
A. TV programs B. newspapers C. magazines D. none of above
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
17. This is the factory ………………….my father used to work
A. where B. what C. when D. which
18. I don’t think that film is …………
A. bore B. bored C. boring D. boringly
19. The man ……………..you met on Main street yesterday is your new teacher
A. which B. when C. whose D. who
20. Cows are farm animals , …………..zebras are wild ones
A. so B. as C. but D. if
21. Sailors from Genoa in Italy wore clothes which ………………from jeans
A. were made B. was made C. were making D. made
22. He wishes he ………………..fly
A. can B. will C. should D. could
23. They ……………….me if I could speak Japanese
A. told B. said C. talked D. asked
24. Mrs Lan lives here ,…………..?
A. does he B. doesn’t he C. does she D. doesn’t she
25. If Ba became rich , he ………….travel around the world
A. can B. will C. would D. should
26. Tornadoes can suck up anything that is ……………their path
A. on B. in C. at D. for
27. If Ba ……..here tomorrow , I will phone you
A. comes B. come C. will come D. came
28. Nam suggested ………….showers instead of baths to save water
A. takes B. taking C. to take D. take
29. In order keep fit, we should do exercises……………
A. regularly B. regulating C. regular D. regulation
30. Would you mind if I ……………a photo?
A. take B. took C. am going to take D. would take
31. Where would you go if you ……………a car ?
A. have B. has C. had D. having
32. The Malaysian unit of currency is the ……………
A. ringgit B. baht C. rial D. yen
33. ………….is a person who makes and repairs wooden objects and pieces of furniture
A. electrician B. carpenter C. locksmith D. plumber
34. This is the first time I…………. Thailand.
A. has visited B. visit C. visited D. have visited
______________________________________________________________________________ 74
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
35. We are looking forward to……………you
A. see B. seeing C. look D. looking
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
Tet or the Lunar New year holiday is the (36)…………important festival in Viet Nam. Tet is a (37) ……….festival
(38) ……….occurs in late January or early February. It (39)……………a time for families to clean and decorate their
houses, wear new (40) ………..and enjoy (41) ……. meals such (42)………… sticky rice cakes. Family members (43)
…………….live a part try to be together at Tet.
36. A. best B. least C. worst D. most
37. A. joy B. joyness C. joyful D. joyfully
38. A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
39. A. was B. is C. were D. are
40. A. cloth B. clothes C. cloths D. clothing
41. A. special B. specially C. specialed D. specialing
42. A. more B. better C. best D. as
43. A. whom B. which C. who D. whose
V. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
44. It’s a pity. I can’t speak Chinese
A.I wish I couldn’t speak Chinese C. I wish I could speak Chinese
B. I wish I can speak Chinese D. I wish I can’t speak Chinese
45. “ My family in Ha Noi now” she said
A. She said that my family lived in Ha Noi now
B. She said that her family lived in Ha Noi then
C. She said that her family live in Ha Noi then
D. She said that my family lived in Ha Noi then
46. He runs fast that he can get there first.
A. He runs so fast that he can get there first
B. He runs so fast that he can’t get there first
C. He runs too fast to get there first
D. He runs so fast that he could get there first
47. “Why don’t you ask the teacher to explain it again” John asked.
A. John asked me why you didn’t ask the teacher to explain it again
B. John asked me why I don’t ask the teacher to explain it again
C. John asked me why I didn’t ask the teacher to explain it again
D. John asked me why didn’t I ask the teacher to explain it again
48. I will marry her and I don’t care how old she is
A. No mater how old she is, I will marry her
B. No mater how old is she, I will marry her
C. No mater how old she is, will I marry her
D. No mater how she is old, I will marry her
49. They will translated this book into Vietnamese
A. This book will translated into Vietnamese
B. This book will be translated into Vietnamese
C. This book will translating into Vietnamese
D. This book will be translated into Vietnamese
50. Let’s go camping tomorrow
A. Shall we going camping tomorrow
B. Why don’t we going camping tomorrow
C. How a bout go camping tomorrow
D. I suggest going camping tomorrow
Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 7
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1.A.shops B. notes C. poems D. blacksmiths
2.A.received B. washed C. asked D. coughed
3.A.hope B. honor C. how D. hear
______________________________________________________________________________ 75
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.A.christmas B. architect C. chemistry D. check
5.A.birth B. with C. they D. fifth
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6.If he would speak more slowly, I could understand him
7.Kangaroos,that can be seen every where in Australia, have long tails
8.Linh wishes that she is given a teddy bear at Christmas.
9.I suggested that you writting to them to accept their offer
10.Even though being ill, Phong still went to school last Monday.
11.My brother enjoys to read detective stories in his free time
12.Your brother hardly goes to work by bus, doesn’t he?
III. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
13. I wish I.............. E well
A. learn B. learnt C. can learn D. will learn
14. He wrote a lot of interesting................
A. poetry B. poets C. poems D. poetic
15.My friend will see me...........at the airport
A. in B. for C. up D. off
16. What...........you do if you won a lottery ticket?
A. will B. would C. did D. do
17. A...............is a person who installs and repairs water pipes.
A. plumber B. carpenter C. locksmith D. electricity
18.She doesn’t know the person.........sent her this letter
A. who B. whom C. whose D. which
19.I suggests......money for the poor in her town
A. to save B. save C. saved D. saving
20.He stopped...........a year ago
A. to smoke B. smoking C. smoke D. smoked
21.She has to look...........her brother because her mother is away on business
A. up B. after C. for D. into
22.This car...............last week
A. is bought B. was bought C. will be bought D. bought
23.He used to............soccer in the evening
A. play B. playing C. played D. plays
24.He is an................of Sai gon Times newspaper
A. edit B. editor C. edition D. editional
25.All the rooms were........painted
A. bad B. badly C. worse D. good
26.We are saving money............we want to buy a new house
A. so B. because C. but D. and
27.My father has to work..............it is raining hard
A. although B. but C. because D. and
28.Peter will be here soon,..................?
A. will he B. won’t he C .is he D. isn’t he
29.You should take.........your shoes when you go into the temple
A. of B. off C. on D. with
30.Mary spent two hours...............her homework.
A. to do B. doing C. did D. do
IV. Read the text and choose the best answer to complete each sentences below:
I often hear or read about “natural disasters” – the eruption of mount St Helen , a volcano in the state of
Washington ; Hurricane Andrew in Florida ; the floods in the American Midwest ; terrible earthquakes all over the world ;
huge fires ; and so on and so on .But I’ll never forget my first personal experience with the strangeness of nature – “ the
London Killer Fog” of 1952. It began on Thursday, December 4, when a high- pressure system (warm air) covered
southem England. With the freezing- cold air below, heavy fog formed. Pollution from factories , cars, and coal stoves
mixed with the fog.The humidity was terribly high , there was no breeze at all . Traffic (cars, trains, and boats) stopped .
______________________________________________________________________________ 76
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
People couldn’t see , and some walked onto the railroad tracks or into the river . It was hard to breathe , and many people
got sick. Finally on Tuesday, December 9 , the wind came and the fog went away. But after that , even more people got
sick . Many of them died.
31. Which”natural disaster” isn’t mentioned in the text?
A. a volcano B. a flood C. a hurricane D. a tornado
32.What is his unforgettable personal experience?
A. the London killer B . the heavy fog in London in 1952
C. the strangeness of nature D. a high –pressure system
33 .How long did the ‘ London Killer Fog’ last ?
A. for four days B. for five days C. for six days D. for a week
34. What didn’t happen durring the time of the “ London Killer Fog” ?
A . pollution B. humidity C. heavy rain D. heavy fog
35. Why did the traffic stop ?
A . beacause of rain B. Because of the windy weather
C. because of the humidweather D. because of the heavy fog
VI. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
36. “Where does your brother work?” she asked me.
A. She asked me to find where my brother works. C. She asked me where my brother works.
B. She asked me to find where my brother worked. D. She asked me where my brother worked.
37. Unless he apologizes, I’ll never invite him here again
A. If he doesn’t apologize, I’ll never invite him here again C. If he didn’t apologize, I’ll never invite him here again
B. If he doesn’t apologize, I’ll invite him here again D. If he apologizes, I’ll never invite him here again
38. Although he is strong , he can’t move that stone
A. As he is strong , he can’t move that stone C. In spite of his strength , he can’t move that stone
B. Even though he is not strong, he can move that stone D. He can’t move that stone because he isn’t strong
39. Hoa went to bed early because she was tired
A. Hoa was tired, so she went to bed early C. Hoa was tired, but she didn’t go to bed early
B. Because Hoa went to bed early, she was tired D. Hoa didn’t go to bed early although she was tired
40. The pupil gets the scholarship. He is very poor
A. The pupil whom is very poor gets the scholarship. C. The pupil whose is very poor gets the scholarship
B. The pupil who is very poor gets the scholarship. D. The pupil which is very poor gets the scholarship
41. She said to me , “ I will go to China next week”
A. She said to me that she could go to China the following week
B. She said to me that she would go to China the following week
C. She said to me that she went to China the following week
D. She said to me that she will go to China the following week
42. The gate is painted once a year
A. They paint the gate once a year
B. They painted the gate once a year
C. They are painting the gate once a year
D. They will paint the gate once a year
V. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
The most important holiday in China is the New Year. At this time, shops are (43)…… . The people celebrate by
feasting, by paying (44)…….. calls to their neighbor and by visiting the temples to make promises for the New Year .
Children parade through the streets (45)…….colorful lanterns and paper figures. Five crackers similar to those used in the
United States (46)……the fourth of July are set off. In fact, on the night that the New Year’s celebration begins, the
exploding fireworks made so much noise that no one is able to sleep. The time of the New Year is also the time at
(47)…….Chinese people refresh their homes. They give their homes new coats (48)…..paint, This is also the time during
which people pay their debts . Everyone (49) …to settle all his bill (50)….the beginning of the New Year
43. A. close B. closing C. closed D. closely
44. A. friend B. friendly C. friendship D. friendliness
45. A. carry B. carried C. to carry D. carrying
46. A. in B. on C. at D. from
47. A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
______________________________________________________________________________ 77
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
48. A. of B. in C. on D. to
49. A. tries B. try C. is trying D. are trying
50. A. at B. since C. after D. before

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 8


I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1.A.changed B.learned C.laughed D.earned
2.A.chair B.chin C.chemical D.check
3.A.steps B.mates C.fights D.stairs
4.A.lend B.send C.mend D.open
5.A.that B.three C.thank D.think
II. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
6.We are really.................. by the beauty of Hue
A.impression B.impress C.impressive D.impressed
7.They.................go to Nha Trang in summer.
A.use to B.used to C.are used to D.are used to
8.A lot of............come to Van Mieu everyday
A.visiter B.visitor C.visiters D.visitors
9.I.......................to school when I met him
A.will cycle B.am cycling C.cycled D.was cycling
10.My aunt has been in HCM City..................1995
A.to B.by C.since D.for
11.It’s going to rain in Canberra,...................is the capital city of Australia
A.which B.where C.that D.when
12.Bill wishes he................. more money so he could buy a new bike
A.has B.have C.had D.having
13. He was born.............15 th,January
A.in B.of C.at D.on
14. She would rather he.........here on time
A.go B.gone C.went D.to go
15.What aspect of........E do you find difficult?
A.study B.studied C.learnt D.learning
16. Can you tell me who.......this kind of machine
A.invented B.invention C.inventor D.inventive
17. Going swimming in the summer is very interesting,..... it?
A.is B.isn’t C.are D.aren’t
18.I remember.................her somewhere
A.see B.seeing C.saw D.to see
19.He got wet ......................he forgot his umbrella.
A. because of B. because C.but D.and
20. Mary bought this car last night,...............?
A. didn’t she B.doesn’t she C.isn’t she D.hasn’t she
21.He went away without.....................the door.
A.to close B.closed C.closing D.close
22.If he is careful,he......................get good marks
A.must B.will C.could D.would
23.I was very ...................that you won the first prize
A.amazed B.amaze C.amazement D.amazing
24.His life was hard ,.................he studied very well
A.but B.so C.if D.and
25.Pay the bill within 2 weeks on the electricity will be cut………….
A. up B. down C.in D.off
III. Read the text and choose the best answer to complete each sentences below:

______________________________________________________________________________ 78
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The invention of the electric telegraph gave birth to the communication industry . Although Samuel B . More
succeeded in the making the invention useful in 1837 , it was not untill 1843 that the first telegraph line of consequence
was constructed . By 1860more than 50.000 miles of lines connected people east of the Rockies . The following year , San
Francisco was added to the network.
The national telegraph network fortified the ties between East and West and contributed to the rapid expansion of
the railroads by providing an efficient means to monitor shedules and routes . Furthermore , the extension of the telegraph
, combined with the invention of the steam – driven rotary printing press by Richard M . Hoe in 1846 , revolutionized the
world of journalism. Where the business of news gathering had been dependent upon the mail and on hand –operated
presses , the telegraph expanded the amount of information a newspaper could supply and allowed for more timely
reporting . The establishment of the Associated Press as a central wire service in 1846 marked the advent of a new era in
journalism .
26.The main topic of the passage is ………
A.the history of journalism B. the origin of the national telegraph
C . how the telegraph network contributed to the expansion of railroads
D. the contributions and development of the telegraph network
27. The word “ gathering” refers to …………….
A. people B . information C . objects D. substances
28. The author’s main purpose in this passage is to ………
A. compare the invention of the telegraph with the invention of th steam driven rotary press
B. propose news ways to develop the communication industry
C. show how the electric telegraph affected the communication industry
D. criticize Samuel B. Morse
29. This passage would most likely be found in a ………
A. U.S history book B. book on trains
C. science textbook D. computer magazine
30. It can be inferred from the passage that ………….
A. Samuel Morse did not make a significant contribution to the communication industry
B. Morse’s invention did not immediately achieve its full potential
C. the extension of the telegraph was more important than its invention
D. journalists have the Associated Press to thank for the birth of the communication industry
IV. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
31.Alexander Bell was the man which invented the telephone
32.If he will go on telling lie, nobody will believe a word he says
33.I wish our team play well today
34.My father is tired on finding a good job
35.This house was beatiful painted last year
V. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
Vietnam’s New Year (36)……..as Tet Nguyen Dan , or Tet . Its begins between January twenty–first
(37)……….February nineteenth. The exact date changes from year to year . Tet lasts ten days. The first three days are
(38)…….important . Vietnamese people believe that (39)……. people act during those days will influence the whole year
. As a result , they make every effort to avoid arguments and smile (40)……..possible . Many Vietnamese people prepare
(41)……..the holiday by paying their debts and cleaning their homes . They say these (42)…….watch over and protect
members
At sunrise, they get (43)…and put (44)……..new clothes . Rice cake is a popular New Year’s food. Vietnamese people
believe that the first person through the door (45)……..New Year’s Day brings either good or bad luck . Children receive
gifts of money, as they do in other countries. Some Vietnamese families give money or other gifts to visitor during the
holiday
36. A. is officially knowns B. officially knew C. has officially known D. officially knows
37. A. to B. till C. and D.with
38. A. the most B. most C. mostly D. the most of
39. A. which B. what C. those D. how
40. A. as many as B. as much as C. as more as D.as lot as
41. A. to B. of C. for D. on
42. A. people B. creatures C. beings D. Gods
______________________________________________________________________________ 79
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
43. A. up B. in C. at D.on
44. A. up B. in C. at D.on
45. A. up B. in C. at D. on
VI.Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
46. The teacher said to them “Don’t make noise in class ”
A. The teacher told them not to make noise in class C.The teacher told them to not make noise in class
B. The teacher told them don’t make noise in class D.The teacher told them not making noise in class
47. She is the woman . I met her last week
A. She is the woman who I met her last week C. She is the woman whose I met last week
B. She is the woman which I met last week D. She is the woman whom I met last week
48. Peter spent two hours repairing the bike
A. It took Peter two hours repairing the bike C. It took Peter two hours to repair the bike
B. It took Peter two hours repaired the bike D. It took Peter two hours repair the bike
49. Hoa is better at English than Linh
A. Hoa isn’t as good at English as Linh C. Hoa is worst at English than Linh
B. Linh isn’t as good at English as Hoa D. Linh isn’t as bad at English as Hoa
50. The water was very cold , so we couldn’t swim
A. We couldn’t swim because the water was very cold C. We couldn’t swim because the water wasn’t cold
B. The water was cold enough for us to swim D. The water was very cold , but we could swim

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 9


I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. throw B. thought C. through D. though
2. A. sugar B. sight C. source D. sale
3. A. invited B. wanted C. ended D. liked
4. A. chopstick B. charity C. children D. christmas

5. A. would B. south C. count D. mouth


II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6. I wish you stop making that noise
7. He drank so many wine that he became sick
8.The soup was enough hot for me to eat
9.Mr Bac,that teaches me E,is coming today
10.Take care to the children is my pleasure
11.If he fails the exam, he wouldn’t be able to graduate
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
12. We…………our class yesterday
A.clean B.cleaned C.had cleaned D.have cleaned
13. She asked me ……..her some money
A.lend B.lent C.lending D.to lend
14. Let’s go to the cinema tonight,………….?
A.let we B.shall we C.do we D.did we
15. Nothing is all right,…………?
A.is it B.isn’t it C.is verything D.isn’t everything
16. Does her mother spend a lot of money………..clothes?
A.on B.at C.in D.to
17. Do you feel like ………..out or would you rather have dinner at home?
A.dinning B.dine C.to dine D.dined
18. She has gone away………..holiday for 2 weeks
A.on B.at C.to D.in
19…………the water was very dirty,we decided not to swim
A.as B.since C.because D.all are correct
20. It’s essential that you …………your duty
A.must do B.will C.should do D.would do
______________________________________________________________________________ 80
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21. My brother collects stamps.He is a stamp………….
A.collect B.collector C.collection D.collective
22. They could not go to school………..the rain
A.as B.since C.because D.because of
23. Nguyen Du is considered a famous Vietnamese…………
A.poet B.poem C.poetry D.poetric
24. The pen ………….is red mine
A.which B.who C.whom D.whose
25. The man…………….is standing there is doctor
A.whom B.who C.which D.when
26. I wish Mary ………….harder for her examination
A.will work B.worked C. works D. has worked
27. Are they used ……………TV?
A. to watching B. to watch C. to watched D. watched
28. She said to me that she ………….that car the following day
A. sells B. sold C. would sell D. would sold
29. I suggest …………………money for the poor people in our neighborhood
A. saving B. to save C. saved D. save
IV. Choose the best sentence made from suggested words:
30. I / when / was/ girl / a / little / used to / I / get up / 9 o’ clock / at .
A.when was I a little girl , I used to get up at 9 o’clock C. when I was a little girl , I used to get up at 9 o’ clock
B.when I was a girl little , I used to get up at 9 o’clock D. when I used to get up at 9 o’clock , I was a little girl
31. somtime / we / to / go / the / pagoda / Quan Su street / on
A. We sometimes go to the pagoda on Quan Su street C. Sometimes we to go the pagoda on Quan Su street
B. We sometimes to go the pagoda on Quan Su street D. We sometimes go to the pagoda on street Quan Su
32. Malaysia / divided / two / regions / is / into
A. Is Malaysia divided into two regions C. Two regions is divided intoMalaysia
B. Divided into two regionsis Malaysia D. Malaysia is divided into two regions
33 . went / to / Hoan Kiem lake / Maryam / Lan / with / on / her / first / day / HaNoi / in /
A . Lan with Maryam went to Hoan Kiem lake on her first day in HaNoi
B. Maryam went to Hoan Kiem lake with Lan on her first day in HaNoi
C. On HaNoi , Maryam went to Hoan Kiem lake with Lan in her first day
D. Maryam went on Hoan Kiem lake with Lan to HaNoi in her first day
34. Kuala Lumpur / is / HaNoi / different / from ?
A. Kuala Lumpur is different from HaNoi ?
B. Is Kuala Lumpur from HaNoi different ?
C. Is Kuala Lumpur different from HaNoi ?
D. From Kuala Lumpur , is HaNoi different ?
35. Lan / and / Maryam / write / usually / to / at least / each other / once / every / two weeks
A. Lan and Maryam write usually to each other at least once every two weeks
B. Lan and Maryam usually write to at least each other once every two weeks
C. Lan and Maryam usually write to each other at least every two weeks once
D. Lan and Maryam usually write to each other at least once every two weeks
36 . I / a lot of / met / people / on / holiday / my
A. I met a lot of people on my holiday
B. A lot of people met I on my holiday
C. I met people a lot of on my holiday
D. I met on my holiday a lot of people
37. Hoa / used to / the lake / walk / past / her / way / on / to / the / primary / school
A. Hoa used to walk the lake past on her way to the primary school
B. Hoa used to past walk the lake on her way to the primary school
C.Hoa used to walk past the lake on her way to the primary school
D. Hoa used to walk past the lake on her the way to primary school
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
______________________________________________________________________________ 81
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Among the festivals celebrated (38)……..some of Asia people is the Moon Cake Festival, also (39)…. as the
Mid- August Festival . Large number of small round moon cakes are (40)……..On this day , and children enjoy
(41)…….colourful paper lantterns come in all shapes ; the more popular ones are shaped like fish , rabbit
(42)…………butterflies . According to them the moon shines brightest (43)……..the night of the Moon Cakes Festival.
As the moon rises, tables are (44)………outside the house and women make offerings of fruit and moon cakes
(45)……….. the Moon Godness
38. A. in B. of C. by D. on
39. A. known B. know C. knew D. knowing
40. A. eat B. ate C. eating D. eaten
41. A. carry B. carried C. to carry D. carrying
42. A. but B. and C. so D. because
43. A. in B. on C. at D. to
44. A. placed B. place C. placing D. to place
45. A. on B. in C. to D. of
V.Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
46. Food can’t be sold on the sidewalk
A. They can’t sold food on the sidewalk C. They can’t sell food on the sidewalk
B. They can’t be sold food on the sidewalk D. They can sell food on the sidewalk
47. They asked him “ Do you like to play this game ?”
A. They asked him if he like to play that game C. They asked him if he liked to play this game
B. They asked him if he likes to play that game D. They asked him if he liked to play that game
48. He often played the piano at night
A. He used to playing the piano at night C. He uses to play the piano at night
B. He used to play the piano at night D. He is used to playing the piano at night
49. He is the only person . He can solve this difficult problem
A. He is the only person whom can solve this difficult problem
B. He is the only person who can solve this difficult problem
C. He is the only person which can solve this difficult problem
D. He is the only person whose can solve this difficult problem
50. Water these plants or they will die
A. Unless you water these plants , they will die
B. Unless you watered these plants , they will die
C. Unless you water these plants , they won’t die
D. If you water these plants , they will die
Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 10
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A.stomatch B. chair C. child D. catch
2. A.house B. honour C. honest D. hour
3. A.clothed B. impressed C. enjoyed D. worked
4. A.gather B. there C. ethnic D. although
5. A.comic B. campus C. income D. access
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6.The bus who runs every twenty minutes goes to T.S.N airport
7.Be carefully.This road is very dangerous
8. If I meet him I would give him your new address
9. I wish Lan is here now
10. They used to going to Dalat in summer
11. I would rather you do the test well
12. She will be took to Halong Bay next month
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
13. The hospital building is divided ………four sections
A. in B. into C. to D. about
______________________________________________________________________________ 82
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. Like Vietnam , Malaysia is a ……….country
A. tropical B. tropic C. tropics D. tropically
15. I wish I ……………get good marks for the coming exam
A. can B. could C. should D. will
16. I have studied English …………..more than three years
A. for B. in C. since D. at
17. If only today…………..Saturday .We could go fishing
A. is B. will be C. were D. would be
18. A football team usually consists ……………..eleven members
A. in B. about C. of D. for
19. Ann used to play badminton but now she …………..play anymore
A. didn’t B. do not C. doesn’t D. hadn’t
20. English ……………all over the world
A. speaks B. is being spoken C. spoke D. is spoken
21. It was raining , ……….. they cancelled the trip to the mountain
A. because B. when C. so D. though
22. It was …………a boring film that I felt asleep
A. very B. such C. so D. too
23. They first met …………..they were at high school
A. while B. since C. when D. where
24. Tom has never written to you ,…………….?
A. hasn’t he B. has he C. hasn’t Tom D. has Tom
25. We should avoid ……………our environment
A. to pollute B. polluting C. polluted D. pollute
26. The nurse suggested …………..two aspirins
A. to take B. take C. taking D. being taken
27. We were ……………..to hear the news of your father’s death
A. shock B. shocked C. shocking D. shockedly
28. She cleaned the house ………….cooked dinner before her parents got home
A. and B. but C. so D. or
29. I am used to …………..early in the morning
A. get up B. to get up C. getting up D. got up
30………is in late March or early April . It is celebrated in Israel by all Jewish people
A. Passover B. Christmas C. Valentine D. Easter
V. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
It is not easy for adult students of English to improve their pronunciation . Unlike children , adults often
find it hard to change the (36)………..they speak . This is why adult students have (37)……….. difficulties in
pronunciation than the children.
There (38)……… several things that international students of English can do to (39)….their
pronunciation and to learn (40)…….. well. They can join an English pronunciation class or practice speaking
(41)……. Listening to English (42)…… speakers as much as possible. Watching TV programs in English is
also a good way(43)…….. improving your pronunciation. The best way to improve your (44)……is to learn
English in an English speaking country (45)………you can learn the language as well as its culture
36. A. way B. path C. road D.sidewalk
37. A. less B. more C. many D. much
38. A. be B. were C. are D. is
39. A. improving B. improved C. improve D. be improved
40. A. England B. English C. Britain D. Britist
41. A. and B. but C. or D. so

______________________________________________________________________________ 83
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
42. A. nation B. native C. national D. nationality
43. A. with B. at C. of D. in
44. A. pronunce B. pronuncing C. pronunciation D. pronunciative
45. A. which B. who C. where D. when
VI.Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
46. She said : “ I’m having a good time here”
A. She said that she is having a good time there
B. She said that she was having a good time there
C. She told that she was having a good time there
D. She said that she was having a good time here
47. When I picked up my pen , I found that the nib had been broken
A. On picking up my pen , I found that the nib had been broken
B. On pick up my pen , I found that the nib had been broken
C. On finding that the nib has been broken , I picked up my pen
D. On picked up my pen , I found that the nib had been broken
48. Nam is very intelligent . He learns in our class
A. Nam who learns in our class is very intelligent
B. Nam , who learns in our class , is very intelligent
C. Nam which learns in our class is very intelligent
D. Nam whom learns in our class is very intelligent
49. I don’t know many people in Hanoi
A. I wish I know many people in Hanoi
B. I wish I didn’t know many people in Hanoi
C. I wish I knew many people in Hanoi
D. I wish I don’t know many people in Hanoi
50. People think the climate is changing
A. The climate is thought to be changing
B. The climate is think to be changing
C. The climate is thought to have been changing
D. The climate was thought to be changing

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 11


I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. Hopes B. Books C. Notes D. Rulers
2. A. Stomach B. Mechanic C. Chemical D. Machine
3. A. Watched B. Posted C. Needed D. Wanted
4. A. Thus B. This C. Than D. Thought
5. A. Polite B. Litter C. Decide D. Crier
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6.Let’s go out for dinner tonight , will we ?
7. His family was very poor , because he had to work for a company
8. I’d rather you do the washing up
9. I used to sit next to a man who name is Michael
10.I suggest that you writing to them to accept their offer
11. Hung really wishes that he can take part in the game
12. She feels like to go out with her friends
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
13. Your brother hardly goes to work by bus ,……………….?
A. is he B. does he C. doesn’t he D. isn’t he
14. Pay the pill within 2 weeks or the electricity will be cut ……………….!
A. up B. off C. down D. of
______________________________________________________________________________ 84
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. I remember ………..her somewhere
A. seeing B. saw C. see D. to see
16. If he works more slowly , he …………..so many mistakes
A. won’t make B. doesn’t makeC. wouldn’t make D. didn’t make
17. The book …you borrowed yesterday is a present from my uncle on my 15th birthday
A. who B. whom C. whose D. which
18. I didn’t recognize her………….I met her twice before
A. although B. in spite of C. despite D. despite of
19. Turn off the television , ……………..?
A. don’t you B. do you C. will you D. are you
20. Children will work hard if the lessons are ……………
A. interest B. interests C. interested D. interesting
21. Air …………..is a serious problem in many big cities
A. pollutes B. polluted C. polluting D. pollution
22. There will be a ……………..of fresh water in a few decades
A. shorter B. shortest C. shortage D. shorten
23. We ……………….painting the house light blue
A. want B. wish C. need D. suggest
24. Mrs Mai , ………..is our teacher , will go to Australia next week
A. that B. who C. which D. whom
25. He would walk to work if he …………..near the office
A. lives B. lived C. will live D. would live
26. Hoa is sick today , …………….she can’t go to school
A. because B. so C. or D. but
27. I suggest ……………….different kinds of waste in different places
A. put B. putting C. to put D. can put
28. Everyone will agree to our suggestion , …………………?
A. will they B. will he C. won’t they D. won’t he
29. It’s no use ………………….children to keep quiet
A. to ask B. asking C. ask D. asked
30. Our teacher always expected us ……….well in exams
A. doing B. to do C. do D. did
IV. Read the text and choose the best answer to complete each sentences below:
I often hear or read about “natural disasters” – the eruption of mount St Helen , a volcano in the state of Washington
;Hurricane Andrew in florida ; the floods in the American Midwest ; terrible earthquakes all over the world ; huge fires
;and so on and so on . But I’ll never forget my first personal experience with the strangeness of nature – “ the london
Killer Fog” of 1952. It began on Thursday, December 4, when a high- pressure system (warm air) covered southem
England. With the freezing- cold air below , heavy fog formed. Pollution from factories , cars, and coal stoves mixed
with the fog.The humidity was terribly high, there was no breeze at all . Traffic (cars, trains, and boats) stopped . People
couldn’t see , and some walked onto the railroad tracks or into the river . It was hard to breathe , and many people got
sick . Finally on Tuesday, Desember 9 , the wind came and the fog went away. But after that , even more people got sick
. Many of them died.
31. Which”natural disaster” isn’t mentioned in the text?
A. a volcano B. a flood C. a hurricane D. a tornado
32.What is his unforgettable personal experience?
A. the London killer
B . the heavy fog in London in 1952
C. the strangeness of nature
D. a high –pressure system
33 .How long did the ‘ London Killer Fog’ last ?
A. for four days B. for five days C. for six days D. for a week
34. What didn’t happen durring the time of the “ London Killer Fog” ?
A . pollution B. humidity C. heavy rain D. heavy fog
35. Why did the traffic stop ?
______________________________________________________________________________ 85
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A . beacause of rain
B. Because of the windy weather
C. because of the humidweather
D. because of the heavy fog
V. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
The rockies
The Rockies Mountains run almost the length of North America . They start in the North – West , but lie only on a
(36)……….. hundred miles from the center in more southern areas . Although the Rockies are smaller (37)…..the Alps ,
they are no less wonderful . There are many roads across the Rockies , (38)….. the best way to see them is to (39)………..
by train . You start vancouver , (40)……. most attractive of Canada’s big cities . Standing with its feet in the water and its
head in the mountains , this city (41)……. Its residents to ski on slopes just 15 minutes by car from the city (42)……. .
Thirty passenger trains a day used to (43)…….. off from Vancouver on the cross-continent railway . Now there are just
three a week , but the ride is still a great adventure . You sleep on board , (44)……. Is fun , but travel through some of the
best (45)……at night.
36. A. many B. lot C. few D. couple
37. A. from B. to C. as D.than
38. A. but B. because C. unless D. since
39. A. drive B. travel C. ride D. pass
40. A. a B. one C. the D. its
41. A. lets B. allows C. offers D. gives
42. A. centre B. circle C. middle D. heart
43. A. leave B. get C. take D. set
44. A. when B. which C. who D. where
45. A. scenery B. view C. site D. beauty
VI. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
46. I don’t understand you .You speak very quickly
A. If you didn’t speak quickly , I could understand you
B. If you don’t speak quickly , I could understand you
C. If you speak quickly , I can understand you
D. If you didn’t speak quickly , I will understand you
47. They said to him “ We must finish these works on time”
A. They said to him that they have to finish those works on time
B. They said to him that they had to finish these works on time
C. They said to him that we had to finish those works on time
D. They said to him that they had to finish those works on time
48.He must go now
A. He wishes he doesn’t go now C. He wishes he won’t go now
B. He wishes he didn’t have to go now D. He wishes he hadn’t to go now
49. John has never eaten with chopsticks before
A. John used to eat with chopsticks
B . John has eaten with chopsticks many times before
C. It’s the first time John has ever eaten with chopsticks
D. It’s the last time John ate with chopsticks
50. Is this the book ? You want me to read it
A. Is this the book which you want me to read? C. Is this the book whom you want me to read?
B. Is this the book who you want me to read? D. Is this the book whose you want me to read?

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 12


I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. good B. foot C. school D. book
2. A. healthy B. other C. month D. earth
3. A. walked B. filled C. died D. played
4. A. hates B. comes C. reads D. cleans
5. A. catch B. church C. mechanic D. kitchen
______________________________________________________________________________ 86
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6. We had better to review this chapter carefully
7. I am worried of taking my final exam
8. Would you mind give me a hand with this bag ?
9. When I came in , everyone were watching a film
10. He stopped to smoke because it’s harmful for his health
11. This is the place which I was born and grew up
12. She isn’t old enough to done this job
13. If I had money , I will buy a car
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
14. It is the largest ship I …………………
A. had seen B. saw C. have ever seen D. see
15. Hoi An is famous ………..its old streets
A. about B. of C. to D. for
16. Do you know the boy ………………father is a teacher ?
A. that B. whom C. whose D. which
17.Pupils are looking forward to …………..on holiday
A. go B. going C. went D. have gone
18. She hasn’t heard from her son ……………….
A. for several weeks B. since several weeks C. for several weeks ago D. since several weeks ago
19. Coal can …………….to produce electricity for human
A. have used B. be used C. use D. used
20. He keeps working …………………feeling unwell
A. although B. because of C. in spite of D. unless
21. The girl …………………to the lady over there is our neighbor
A. talk B. talking C. is talking D. was talking
22. Neither you nor I ………….responsible for the bad result
23. Wait here until I …………..you
A. call B. will call C. am going to call D. am call
24. I expect ……………..a postcard from my father in England today
25. We spent a year …………….this boat
A. building B. over building C. to build D. for building
26. Who will take ……………….of their children ?
A. careless B. care C. careful D. carefully
27. If I were you , I …………….him as my nephew
A. will have treated B. am treating C. would treat D. will treat
28. My little sister is very good ……….. drawing
A. on B. at C. in D. of
29. Computers …………. To do a lot of jobs these days
A. are used B. using C. are using D. use
30. He is ………………….to lift this weight
A. strong not enough B. not strong enough C. enough strong D. not enough strong
V. Choose the best sentence made from suggested words:
21. gone/ into/ far/ research/ scientists/ space/ in/ have/ technology/ their/.
A. Scientists have gone far into space in their research technology.
B. Scientists have gone far in their research into technology space.
C. Scientists have gone in their technology research into far space.
D. Scientists have gone far in their research into space technology.
22. crash/ isn’t/ motorbike/ to/ a/ it/ wear/ a/ helmet/ on/ compulsory.
A. It isn’t compulsory to wear a helmet on crash a motorbike.
B. It isn’t compulsory to crash a motorbike on a wear helmet.
C. It isn’t compulsory to wear a helmet on a crash motorbike.
D. It isn’t compulsory to wear a crash helmet on a motorbike.
23. he/ own/ is/ has/ of/ age/ said/ few/ his/ it/ friends/ that/.
______________________________________________________________________________ 87
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. It is said that he has his few friends of own age.
B. It is said that he own has few friends of his age.
C. It is said that he has few friends of his own age.
D. It is said that he has his own few friends of age.
24. they/ be/ have/ until/ it/ to/ the/ repaired/ won’t/ been/ safe/ stairs/ use.
A. The stairs have been repaired until they won’t be safe to use it.
B. It won’t be safe to use the stairs until they have been repaired.
C. It have been safe to use the stairs until they won’t be repaired.
D. It won’t be safe to use until they have been repaired the stairs.
27. if/ be/ flying/ saucers/ their/ traces/ landing/.
A. If there were flying saucers, it would be traces of their landing.
B. If there were flying saucers, there would be traces of their landing.
C. If there were flying saucers, there will be traces of their landing.
D. If there are flying saucers, there would be traces of their landing.
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
The moon
Long ago a lot of people (36)………. The moon was a god . Other people thought it was just a light in the sky .
And other thought it was a big (37)………….cheese.
The telecopes were made .And men saw that the moon was really another world . They wondered (38)…….. it
was like . They dreamed of going there . On July 20th,1969, that dream came (39)………….. . Two American men landed
on the moon (40)……...names were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin .
The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered (41)………. dust . The dust is so thick that the men
left (42)……….where they walked . Those were the first marks a living thing had ever made on the moon . And they
could (43)……..there for years and years . Thereis no wind or rain to wipethem off .The two men (44)…….rocks to bring
back to the earth to study .They drug up dirt to bring back . They set up machines to find out things people want to know ,
then they were off their long trip (45)…….. earth
36. A. thought B. guessed C.told D.said
37. A. form B.stone C.ball D.round
38. A. how B.which C.that D.what
39. A. real B.true C.unreal D.untrue
40. A. Their B.His C.Its D.Theirs
41. A. by B.for C.to D.with
42. A. fingerprints B. footprints C.handprints D.prints
43. A. stay B.remain C. be D.all are correct
44. A. got up B.gave up C. picked up D. set up
45. A. back to B. from to C. into D.onto
V.Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
46.Learning English is not easy
A . It’s not easy to learning English
B. It is not easy to learn English
C. It is not easy learning English
D. It is not difficult to learn English
47. Everyday I spend 30 minutes watering the flowers
A. Everyday It takes me 30 minutes water the flowers
B. Everyday It takes me 30 minutes to water the flowers
C. Everyday It took me 30 minutes water the flowers
D. Everyday It took me 30 minutes to water the flowers
48. If I had enough money , ………………………..
A. I could buy that house C. I can buy that house
B. I am buy that house D. I will buy that house
49. My classmate gave this book to me
A. My classmate was given this book by me
B. This book was given to my classmate by me
C. This book was given my classmate by me
______________________________________________________________________________ 88
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. This book was given to me by my classmate
50. I started working here in 1998
A. I have started working here since 1998
B. I haven’t worked here since 1998
C. I have started work here since 1998
D. I have worked here since 1998

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 13


I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. third B. threat C. thus D. thunder
2. A. houses B. faces C. horses D. sources
3. A. leaf B. of C. off D. deaf
4. A. loved B. naked C. moved D. achieved
5. A. dear B. hear C. bear D. near
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6.If you cut down the trees in the forests , there are big floods every year
7. I couldn’t keep to touch with him before because I’d lost his phone number
8. The teacher asked me what my name was and where did I come from
9. I am interested in learning a new skill , but nobody wants training me
10. I think it is necessary to students to wear uniforms when they are at school
11. I look forward to hearing from you and see good response from your company
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
12. You had better ...............late for class next time , John
A. don’t B. not being C. won’t be D. not be
13. Jane showed us the hospital ………..she was born
A. which B. in that C. in which D. from which
14. …..Ms Brain was the only one who was familiar with the town , she drove the car
A. Although B.since C. But D.Therefore
15. He died …………..heart disease
A. from B. because C. of D. in
16. My sister doesn’t mind …………the dishes everyday
A. to wash B. washes C.washing D.in
17. I advised Tom …………..too much about the result of the test
A. not to B. don’t worry C. not to worry D.not worry
worrying
18. If it ……………rain , we’ll have the party outside
A. wouldn’t B. didn’t C. doesn’t D.won’t
19. We ……..to Hai Phong a few times recently
A. would be B. were C.have been D.are
20. It took them ages to ……….the fire
A. put off B.take off C. put out D.put away
21. Nha Trang is the place …………….you can find many beautiful beach
A. which B.that C.where D.from which
22. Nguyen Du was the writer ……………wrote “ Kieu ”
A. who B.whom C. whose D.that
23.They have to go to school …………….it is raining very hard
A. though B.because C.and D.when
24. People use the Internet for many purposes,……………..?
A. are they B.aren’t they C.do they D.don’t they
25. If there …………….gravity, water wouldn’t run down hill (gravity: trọng lực)
______________________________________________________________________________ 89
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. aren’t B.isn’t C.hadn’t been D.weren’t
26. You will be ill if you………….so much
A.will eat B.are eating C.eat D.ate
27. I wish I ………….him , but I don’t
A. am liking B.like C.liked D.was liking
28. Tom, a boy ………..I went to school with , is in hospital
A. what B.that C.whom D.whose
29. He didn’t take the job …………………..the salary was good
A. because B.if C.though D.as
30. He asked his son ……………….back as soon as possible
A. comes B.to come C.came D.coming
31. John Wayen is famous …………….a film star
A.as B.by C.for D.to be
32. This is the first time I ……….the experiment on plant breeding (breed : gây giống)
A. have done B.do C.would do D.did
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
Birth of the computer
Most people think of computer as , very modern inventions , products of our new technological age . But
actually the idea for a computer (33)……………worked out over two centuries ago by a man
(34)………….Charles Babbage . Babbage was born (35)…………..1791 and grew up to be a brilliant
mathematician. He drew up plans for several calculating machines (36)…………..he called “engines” . but
despite the fact that he (37)…………building some of these , he never finished any of them . Over the years
people have argued (38)……….his machines would ever work. Recently , however , the Science Museum in
London has finished building (39)……engine based on one of Babbage’s designs. (40)………has taken six
years to complete and more (41)………..four thousand parts have been specially made.Whether it works or not,
the machine wiil be on show at a special exhibition in the Science Museum (42) …………remind people of
Babbage’s work.
33. A. has B. was C.had D.is
34. A. known B. recognised C. written D. called
35. A. on B. in C.by D. for
36. A. whose B. who C. these D. which
37. A. wanted B. made C. started D. missed
38. A. until B. whether C. while D. though
39. A. some B. the C. an D. that
40. A. One B. He C. They D. It
41. A. than B. therefore C. when D. then
42. A. to B. as C. for D. so
V.Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
43. You saw that smoke It came from the hills
A. You saw the smoke which comes from the hills C. You saw the smoke that came from the hills
B. You saw smoke which came from the hills D. You saw the smoke comes from the hills
44. We must say goodbye now
A . It’s time to us to say goodbye C . It’s time for us saying goodbye
B . It’s time for us say goodbye D . It’s time for us to say goodbye
45. It’s necessary to have your car washed
A . You have to wash your car C . Your car needs washing
B . You should wash your car D . You need washing your car
46. He couldn’t repair the broken vase
A . The broken vase couldn’t repair C . The broken vase could be repaired

______________________________________________________________________________ 90
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B . The broken vase couldn’t be repair D . The broken vase couldn’t be repaired
47. I wish I had one million dollars
A .If only I had had one million dollars C .If only I have had one million dollars
B .If only I have one million dollars D .If only I had one million dollars
48. Unless he phones her immediately,he won’t get any information
A. If he doesn’t phone her immediately,he won’t get any information
B. If he phones her immediately,he won’t get any information
C. If he doesn’t phone her immediately,he will get any information
D.If he doesn’t phone her immediately,he gets any information
49. That restaurant is so dirty that noone wants to eat there
A. It is such a dirty restaurant that noone wants to eat there
B. It is such dirty restaurant that noone wants to eat there
C. It is such dirty that noone wants to eat there
D. It is such a dirty restaurant for noone wants to eat there
50. It is a six-hour drive from London to Endinburgh
A . It takes six hour to drive from London to Endinburgh
B . It takes six hours to drive from London to Endinburgh
C . It takes six hours driving from London to Endinburgh
D . It takes six hours drive from London to Endinburgh

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 14


I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. bad B. hat C. hate D. had
2. A. sure B. sigh C. sing D. same
3. A. students B. books C. pens D. maps
4. A. danced B. washed C. stopped D. cleaned
5. A. thought B. this C. thank D. thing
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6. Nakawa swimmed one hundred miles in the pool yesterday
7. Mr Nanshi does not take critical of his work very well
8. That doctor is visited the patient’s parents since 5p.m
9. Where will you stay if you went to Paris ?
10. They went boating in the river and had a picnic on the riverbank before to go back home last Sunday
11. Internet is a very fast and convenience way for me to get information
12. After John eaten dinner , he wrote letter to his friend and went to bed
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
13. Islamic people usually go to the ………………to pray
A. pagoda B. mosque C. temple D. church
14.I wish I ……………..more time to finish the work
A. have B. am having C. was having D.had
15. The book ………….of five chapters
A. comprises B. consists C.makes D. has
16. I haven’t seen John ………………he got married
A. when B. until C. since D. before
17. I usually ……………..jeans and T-shirt on the weekend
A. put on B. take C.get D.wear
18. People will laugh …………..you if you wear that silly tie
A. of B.at C.about D.ỉ
19. I know you won’t mind sitting by Peter , …………….?
A. do I B. don’t I C. will you D.won’t
20. My teacher always expected me …………….well in exams
A. doing B. to do C. do D.does
______________________________________________________________________________ 91
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21. If I were the Minister of Education , I ……………..more money on teaching
A. spent B.would spend C.will spend D. have spent
22. Mary wasn’t thirsty ………….she had drunk some milk
A. although B. though C.while D.because
23. They are not coming,……………..?
A. are they B.aren’t they C. they are D.don’t they
24. They often decorate their houses …………….many beautiful flowers
A. with B. in C. for D.from
25. Many tourists enjoy festivals in Vietnam ……………..they don’t speak Vietnamese
A. even B.though C.so D.if
26. She told me a story ……………..I found hard to believe
A. what B.which C.in which D.at which
27. They made me ……………the whole story
A. repeat B. to repeat C.repeated D.repeating
28. Everybody loves him because os his …………………
A. polite B. politely C.more polite D.politeness
29. If you …………….now , you will catch the rain
A. goes B.went C.will go D.go
30.People said there ……………be water on Mars
A. might B.may C.must D.will
31. John ………..in Hanoi for 3 years sofar
A. has lived B.is living C.lives D.live
32. This work needs …………..on time
A. finish B.to finish C.finishing D.to have finished
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
When I first started learning English ten years ago . I could hardly (33)……….a word - “ hello” , “goodbye”,
“thank you” was just about it ! I went to classes two evenings a week and I was surprised at how quickly I (34)……
progress. (35) ………….the course we learned lots of vocabulary and studied grammar rules . (36)…….. thing I enjoyed
most was being able to practise speaking with the other students in my class. After two years I went to England to a
(37)…..school .It was in Cambridge . I did a (38)……….. course at a very good school and I stayed with a local family . It
was a fantastic experience and I (39)………up a lot of new language from speaking with my host family and with other
students from (40)……….the world . I really improved my pronunciation as well. When I got back (41)……..Spain , I
was so much more confident . I (42)……..actually hold a conversation with my teacher in English
33. A. talk B. speak C. say D. tell
34. A. do B. make C. did D. made
35. A. During B. After C. Before D. While
36. A. That B. A C. The D. Those
37. A. science B. language C. art D. finance
38. A. three-weeks B. third- weeks C. threes- weeks D. three-week
39. A. picked B. looked C. got D. stood
40. A. all B. over C. over all D. all over
41. A. the B. to C. in D. ỉ
42. A. didn’t B. can C. could D. couldn’t
V.Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
43. “ I’d take a taxi if I were you” said Paul
A . Paul suggested I take a taxi C . Paul suggested I took a taxi
B . Paul suggested he takes a taxi D . Paul suggested me take a taxi
44. You will be ill if you continue to smoke
A . Unless you continue to smoke , you’ll be ill
B . Unless you don’t continue to smoke , you’ll be ill
C . Unless you stop smoking , you won’t be ill
D . Unless you continue to smoke , you’ll be ill
45. Lan doesn’t have enough time to do it well

______________________________________________________________________________ 92
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A . If Lan had more time , she would do it well
B . If Lan had more time , she will do it well
C . If Lan had more time , she would do well
D . If Lan had more time , she does it well
46. They built the church in 18th century
A . The church is built in 18th century
B . The church was built in 18th century
C . The church has been built in 18th century
D . The church was build in 18th century
47. They often went to Hue at weekends
A . They used to go to Hue at weekends C . They were used to go to Hue at weekends
B . They are used to go to Hue at weekends D . They used to going to Hue at weekends
48. “ Tsunami” is a Japanese word . This word means “ harbor wave”
A . “ Tsunami” is a Japanese word which it means “ harbor wave”
B . “ Tsunami” is a Japanese word it means “ harbor wave”
C . “ Tsunami” is a Japanese word which means “ harbor wave”
D . “ Tsunami” means “ harbor wave” is a Japanese word
49. others sources/ energy/ can/ come/ sun./ wind, and/ water.
A. Other sources of energy can comes from the sun, the wind, and the water.
B. Other sources of energy can come from sun, wind, and water.
C. Other sources of energy come from the sun, the wind, and the water.
D. Other sources of energy can come from the sun, the wind, and the water.
50. haven’t/ Sue/ we/ a/ time/ seen/ for/ long/.
A. Sue haven’t seen we for a long time. C. We haven’t seen Sue for long a time.
B. We haven’t seen Sue for a time long. D. We haven’t seen Sue for a long time.
51. He doesn’t help his mother with the housework
A . I wish he helps his mother with the housework
B . I wish he does helped his mother with the housework
C . I wish he helped his mother with the housework
D . I wish he would help his mother with the housework
52. She asked Tom “ Do you understand my question?”
A . She asked Tom if he understood her question
B . She asked Tom if he understands her question
C . She asked Tom does he understand her question
D . She asked Tom did he understand her question

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 15


I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. chair B. chin C. chemical D. check
2. A. that B. thank C. three D. think
3. A. hoped B. received C. asked D. washed
4. A. angry B. large C. art D. hard
5. A. honour B. hour C. honest D. house
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6. Would you mind to open the windoww for me?
7. The camera which you bought is very different than me
8. Jane used to living with her grandparents when she was a child
9. Do you know what was she doing at this time yesterday ?
10. Tom is interested in study plant life in desert
11. I really wish we can make a trip around the world
12. If I were you , I will take a bus to work to avoid traffic jam
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
13. He has gone to China …………last week
A. for B. since C. 0 D. in
______________________________________________________________________________ 93
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. She went out ………..saying a word
A. to B. with C. without D. between
15. Ha noi is not ………..from Kuala Lumpur
A. differ B. different C. difference D. differently
16. I could not find the address …………..the telephone number in this direction
A. or B. although C. but D. even though
17. He wishes he ……………an engineer
A. were B. will be C. is D. would be
18. Millions of Christmas cards ……………………last month
A. are sent B. were sent C. sent D. send
19. He used to ……………to school by his mother
A. take B. be take C. taking D. be taken
20. He worked very hard , …….he passed the exam easily
A. and B. so C. but D. because
21. She …………..me whether I liked classical or not
A. asks B. asked C. asking D. ask
22. He told me he …………..leave the city the following day
A. has to B. had to C. would have to D. will have to
23. If you learn this lesson carefully , you ……………..this exam
A. can pass B. passing C. passed D. would pass
24. He laughs a lot because ……………her funny face
A. of B. off C. in D. on
25. Tom plays soccer very well,……..?
A. does he B. doesn’t he C. did he D. didn’t he
26. Could you stop ……………..so much noise?
A. to make B. make C. making D. made
27. It took me 2 hours ……………this work
A. do B. to do C. doing D. did
28. Everyone must take part in ………… deforestation
A. preventing B. prevent C. prevented D. to prevent
29. She was ……………..because of her bad result
A. happy B. unhappy C. happily D. unhappily
30. I wear a hat ………………I don’t want to be sick
A. because B. but C. therefore D. and
31. The man and animals ……………you saw on TV were from China
A. who B. whom C. which D. that
32. We are accustomed to ……………..up in the morning
A. get B. getting C. got D. getting
IV. Read the text and choose the best answer to complete each sentences below:
Almost all our energy comes from oil , coal , and natural gas . We them fossil fuels . The earth’s fossil fuels are
running out . What will happen when there are no oil , coal , and gas on earth ? Scientists are trying to find and use other
alternative sources of energy . We can use energy from the sun , the wind and the water . Solar energy is unlimited . The
sun supplies all the energy used to grow plants , to evaporate water for rain , and to maintain .The tenperature of the
plannet . All are necessary for human life . If we are able to collect solar energy , we will be sure to have this abundant
source of power .
Another source of energy from nature is the wind . Wind power is clean and plentiful. Energy from the wind has
been used For centuries to move ships , grind grain , pump water and do other formsof work . In more recent times , wind
has been used to generate electricity.
Water can also provide power . For a long time , people have used water to power machines . Some early uses of
water power were to mill grain , saw wood and power machinery for the textile industry . Today water power is mostly
used to generate eletricity
33. We are asking the question “ What will happen there is no oil, coal, and gas on the earth ?’’ because __
A. We are looking for other alternative sources of energy
B. We are looking forward to seeing great changes
______________________________________________________________________________ 94
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. We are now depending so much on oil , coal , and nature gas
D. other sources of energy can come from the sun , the wind , and the water
34. Which pair of words can be used alternatively ?
A. the sun / the wind B . neregy / power
C. rain / temperature D. plentifull / unlimited
35. Centuries ago , people used be the wind power to __________________
A. maintain the earth’s temperature B. get water from underground
C. grow plants D. generate electricity
36. Up till now , water energy has been used for ______________________
A. similar purposes B. the textile industry
C. moving ships D. different purposes
37. The word “ abandant” ( in bold- type face ) in the text probably means __________
A. nature B. necessary
C. plentily D. unlimited
V. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
English is a very useful language . If we (38)……..English , we can go to any countries we like . We will not find
it hard to make people understand (39)…….we want to say . English also helps us to learn all kinds of (40)……. .
Hundreds of books are (41)……in English everyday in (42)….. countries . English has also helped to spread ideas and
knowledge (43)……..all corners of the world . Therefore , the English language has helped to spread better (44)……and
(45)…….. among countries of the world
38. A. to know B. know C. knew D. known
39. A. what B. where C. when D. how
40. A. subjects B. things C. ideas D. plans
41. A. write B. wrote C. written D. writing
42. A. much B. lot of C. many D. a lot of
43. A. in B. with C. at D. to
44. A. to understand B. understanding C. understand D. understood
45. A. friend B. friendly C. friendliness D. friendship
VI.Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
46. We can’t buy this car because it is very expensive
A. If this car were cheap , we could buy it C. If this car weren’t expensive, we will buy it
B. If this car weren’t expensive, we could buy it D. A and B are correct
47. He often gets bad marks
A. I suggest he should studied harder C. I suggest he should studied hardly
B. I suggest he should study harder D. I suggest he should studing harder
48. This is the dictionary . I saw it at that bookstore
A. This is the dictionary who I saw at that bookstore
B. This is the dictionary whom I saw at that bookstore
C. This is the dictionary which I saw at that bookstore
D. This is the dictionary whose I saw at that bookstore
49. They said to him that “ We must finish these works on time”
A. They said to him that they have to finish those works on time
B. They said to him that they had to finish these works on time
C. They said to him that we had to finish those works on time
D. They said to him that they had to finish those works on time
50. They use cars and trucks to carry food to market
A. Cars and trucks are used to carrying food to market
B. Cars and trucks are used to carry food to market
C. Cars and trucks are use to carry food to market
D. Cars and trucks are used to carried food to market
Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 16
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest :
1. A. library B. middle C. lift D. picture
2. A. located B. coast C. horse D. house
______________________________________________________________________________ 95
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. A. character B. school C. chemical D. machine
4. A. looks B. pools C. stops D. hats
5. A. decorated B. needed C. washed D. wanted
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English :
6. He seems……………the Vietnamese food
A. enjoying B. to enjoy C. be enjoyed D. enjoyed
7. The children were ………….into five groups for the game
A. seperated B. seperating C. separate D. to separate
8. When I qwas at the primary school , my mother …………..me to school
A. takes B. is taking C. used to take D. was taking
9. You needn’t do that when the mail is here,…………….?
A. do you B. need you C. isn’t it D. is it
10. The dentist told me …………..more careful when I brushed my teeth
A. being B. be C. to be D. have been
11. I wish we …………….shopping here together
A. will go B. would go C. go D. to go
12. We don’t go out …………..it stops raining
A. if B. if not C. unless D. when
13. If I were you , I ………….that camera
A. won’t buy B. wouldn’t buyC. didn’t buy D. haven’t bought
14. He acts as if he………….it perfectly
A. know B. knows C. has known D. knew
15. The student hate ………..homework
A. do B. doing C. having done D. have
16. He suggested ……………to the library
A. going B. go C. to go D. goes
17.He was thought ………….the window last week
A. to break B. break C. broke D. breaking
18. Pupils must go to class ………….. time
A. by B. on C. at D. into
19. Dennis Heal ………….an engineer for ten years
A. was B. is C. has been D. been
20. I’m afraid I’m not very good ………..English
A. in B. on C. at D. with
21. Don’t leave that meat there too long , it’ll…………….
A. take off B. go over C. pass away D. go off
22. She accused me …………….her handbag
A. to steal B. to stealing C. of stealing D. of steal
23. Forests give us fresh air and ……………us from being flooded
A. prevent B. to prevent C. prevention D. prevented
24. York , ……..last year , is a nice old city
A. I visited B. that I visited C. which I visited D. whom I visited
25. It is recommended that he ………………this course
A. took B. take C. takes D. taking
III. Read the text and choose the best answer to complete each sentences below:
Every year , students in many coutries learn English . Some of these students are young childen . Other are
teenagers .Many are adults . Some learn at schooll , other study by themselves . A few learn English just by hearing the
language in films , on television , in the office or among their friends . But not many are lucky enough to do that . Most
people must work hard to learn another language .
Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects . They study their own language ,
and mathematics .... and English . In England , America , or Australia , many boys and another laguage, perhaps French ,
or German or Spainish .

______________________________________________________________________________ 96
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Many adults learn English , because it is useful for their work . Teenagers often learn English for their higher
studies, because some of their books are in English at the college or university . Other people learn English because they
want to read newspapers or magezines in English.
26 . Most people learn English by __________________
A . watching video only . C . talking with foreigners .
B . hearing the language in the office D . working hard on their lessons
27 . Many boys and girls learn English because __________
A . English can give them a job . C . they are forced to learn it
B . it is included in their study courses D . they have to study their own languages
28. In America or Australia many school children study _____________
A . English as a foreign language C . such foreign languages as French , German , and Spainish
B . English and mathematicts only D . their own language and no foreign language
29 . According to the writter _________________
A . only adults learn English C . English is useful only for teenagers
B . no children like to learn English D . English is popular all over the world
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences:
30. Tom looked sadly when I saw him
31. You didn’t go to work , didn’t you ?
32.She said that she must go then
33. She worked hard , but she passed her exam
34.Although the storm , the man went out to sea
35. The man to that this car belongs died yesterday
V. Choose the best answer to complete the passage:
Environmental pollution
Environmental pollution is a term that (36)……..to all ways by which man pollutes his surroundings . Man dirties
the air with gases and smoke , (37)……..the water with chemicals and other substances , and damages the soil with
(38)…….many fertilizersand pesticides . Man also pollutes his surrounding (39)…… various other ways . (40)…… ,
people ruin natural beauty by (41)……… junk and litter on the land and in the water . They operate machines and motor
vehicles that fill the air with (42)……… noise
Environmental pollution is one of the worst serious problems facing mankind today . Air , water and soil are
necessary to the survival of all living things . Badly polluted air can illness, and (43)…….death . Polluted water kill fish
and other (44)……. Life . Pollution of soil reduce the amount of land that is (45)…..for growing food . Environmental
pollution also brings ugliness to man’s naturally beautiful world.
36. A. refers B. attends C. directs D. aims
37. A. poisons B. pours C. puts D. surrounds
38. A. extreme B. too C. such D. all
39. A. for B. with C. in D. through
40. A. Besides B. As instance C. Therefore D. For example
41. A. scattering B. dismissing C. filling D. dispersing
42. A. embarrassing B. disturbing C. confusing D. diapersing
43. A. therefore B. consequency C. event D. including
44. A. water B. marine C. hydro D. coastal
45. A. able B. capable C. probable D. available
VI.Choose the sentence that has the same meaning with the sentence printed before :
46. It was such bad coffee that he couldn’t drink it
A. The coffee was such bad for him to drink C. The coffee was too bad that he couldn’t drink
B. The coffee was too bad for him to drink it D. The coffee was too bad for him to drink
47. The children will go swimming if it is sunny
A. Unless it isn’t sunny , the children will go swimming C. Unless it is sunny , the children will go swimming
B. Unless it is rainy , the children will go swimming D. Unless it isn’t rainy , the children will go swimming
48. “ Can I have a new bicycle ?” said Ann to her mother
A. Ann asked her mother if she can have a new bicycle
B. Ann asked her mother if she could have a new bicycle
C. Ann asked her mother can she have a new bicycle
______________________________________________________________________________ 97
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Ann asked her mother could she have a new bicycle
49. The plants may develop differently . The plants live on that island
A. The plants live on that island may develop differently .
B. The plants that lives on that island may develop differently
C. The plants which lives on that island may develop differently
D. The plants that live on that island may develop different
50. They are going to celebrate their 25th wedding anniversary in Nha Trang
A. Their 25th wedding anniversary are going to celebrate in Nha Trang
B. Their 25th wedding anniversary is going to be celebrated in Nha Trang
C. Their 25th wedding anniversary are going to be celebrated in Nha Trang
D. Their 25th wedding anniversary is going to celebrate in Nha Trang

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 17


Cõu 1: Chọn từ/ cụm từ thích hợp ( ứng với A hoặc B,C,D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
The river has been___________ with chemical waste from local factories.
A. conserved B. polluted C. located D. controlled
Cõu 2: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
Mr.Lam has taught English for over 20 years so he has a lot of in teachings.
A. experience B. purpose C. difficulties D. problems
Cõu 3: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
In Vietnam, it has been_________for all motorcyclists to wear helmets since December 15, 2007
A. logical B. considerate C. compulsory D. optional
Cõu 4: Chọn từ thớch hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) cú trọng õm chớnh khỏc với những từ cũn lại:
A. order B. install C. water D. number
Cõu 5: Chọn từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khác với những
từ cũn lại:
A. tubes B. names C. eyes D. noises
Cõu 6: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
Helen and I have been pen pen pals for over two years. We_________once a week.
A. provide B. recieve C. correspond D. expect
Cõu 7: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
Sam has a fine ________of Vietnamese stamps.
A. volume B. collection C. hobby D. source
Cõu 8: Chọn từ thớch hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) cú trọng õm chớnh khỏc với những từ cũn lại:
A. generous B. logical C. excellent D. important
Cõu 9: Chọn từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khác với những
từ cũn lại:
A. mechanic B. teacher C. church D. match
Cõu 10: Chọn từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khỏc với những
từ cũn lại:
A. thanked B. discussed C. developed D. collected

Chọn từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để điền vào chỗ trống cho bài khóa sau, từ câu 11 đến
câu 20:
Mardi Gras Festival
Hi. My name is James, and I’m from Florida. (11)_________year, I went with my mom and dad
to Mardi Gras (12)_______New Orleans. Mardi Gras is a really astonishing time of year! It doesn’t

______________________________________________________________________________ 98
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
always (13)________at the same time. It can start as early as February 3rd (14)______as late as March
9th. There are (15)_______all the time, when marching bands and huge floats move
(16)________through the streets.
(17)_________are celebrations all over town, but in my opinion, the best place
(18)_________them is in the French Quarter. The French Quarter is quite small, so it can get pretty
crowded. The costumes are terrific and (19)________is the music. The people (20)_________are on
floats throw things to people in the streets-beads, coins, and toys for the children. It’s the greatest free
show on earth!
Cõu 11: A. Last B. Next C. This D. The follwing
Cõu 12: A. above B. on C. for D. in
Cõu 13: A. appear B. occur C. celebrate D. last
Cõu 14: A. but B. between C. or D. and
Cõu 15: A . parades B. lectures C. speeches D. meetings
Cõu 16: A. slow B.slowness C . slower D. slowly
Cõu 17: A.They B. These C. There D. Those
Cõu 18: A. see B .to see C. seeing D.seen
Cõu 19: A. neither B .either C. too D.to
Cõu 20: A. who B . whom C.which D.whose
Cõu 21: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
People say that Dalat is a city of eternal spring. Its ________varies from 17o C to 25o C .
A. weather B . climate C. temperature D.prediction
Cõu 22: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
There is no parking here ________ 9 a.m. and 6 p.m
A. between B.until C . from D.during
Cõu 23: Chọn câu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để diễn đạt đúng nghĩa của câu sau:
I have to do too many assignments after school
A. I wish I had to do many assignments after school.
B . I wish I don’t have to do too many assignments after school.
C . I wish I didn’t have many assignments after school.
D. I wish I had more assignments to do after school.
Cõu 24: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
Lan is studying abroad. I________her since she left Viet Nam
A. didn’t see B. haven’t seen C. don’t see D.won’t see
Cõu 25: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
Don’t worry about me. I can ________ myself
A . look for B. look up C. look forward to D. look after
Cõu 26: Chọn câu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành mẫu đối thoại sau:
-“ ”
- “ It’s about 3 kilometers”
A . How far is it from here to the market? B. How long does is it take to get there?
C . How often do you go there? D. How fast do you often drive?
Cõu 27: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
English________all over the world .
A. was spoken B . speaks C. is spoken D. will be spoken
Cõu 28: Xác định từ / cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa, để câu sau trở thành chính xác:

______________________________________________________________________________ 99
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If I were you, I will improve my English to get a better job.
A. B C D
Cõu 29: Chọn câu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để diễn đạt đúng nghĩa của câu sau:
“where are you from ?” Nga said to Peter.
A. Nga asked Peter where was he from B. Nga said to Peter where he was from.
C . Nga asked Peter where he was from D. Nga asked Peter where he is from
Cõu 30: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
New York, _______is one of the biggest cities in the USA, was founded in 1624 by the Dutch.
A. which B . that C . who D. where
Cõu 31: Chọn câu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để diễn đạt đúng nghĩa của câu sau:
Hoa went to bed early because she was tired.
A . Hoa didn’t go to bed early because she was tired.
B . Because Hoa went to bed early , she was tired.
C . Hoa was tired, but she didn’t go to bed early.
D. Hoa was tired, so she went to bed early.
Cõu 32: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
They _______ the room with flowers and balloons
A. reduced B . decorated C . congratulated D. wrapped
Cõu 33: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
“You left the gas on, ________?” – “I am sorry. I forgot.”
A.don’t you B. did you C. didn’t you D. do you
Cõu 34: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành mẫu đối thoại sau:
- How are you?
- “___________________________”
A. I’m fine B. I’m Peter C. I’m 15 D. I’m in grade 9
Đọc kỹ bài khóa sau và chọn câu trả lời đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D)cho các câu hỏi từ 35 đến 39:
Last week, I went to visit. Atlantic College, an excellent private college in Wales. Unusually, it
gives young people much needed experience of life outside the classroom, as well as the opportunity to
study for their exams. The students, who are aged between 16 and 18 and come from many countries,
spend the morning studying. In the afternoon they go out and do a really useful activity, such as
helping on thefarm, looking after people with learning difficulties, or checking for pollution in
river.One of the great things about atlantic College students is that they come from many different
social backgrounds and countries . As few can afford the fees of Ê20,000 over twoyear, grants are
available. A quarter of the students are British, and many of those can attend because they receive
government help.
“I really admire the college for trying to encourage the international understanding among
young people”, as Barbara Molenkamp, a student from the Netherlands, said. “You learn tolive with
people and respect them, even the ones you don’t like. During the summer holidays my mother
couldn’t believe how much less I argued with my sister.”
To sum up, Atlantic College gives its students an excellent education, using methods which
really seem to work
Cõu 35: According to the passage, what is NOT true about Atlantic College?
A.It is in Wales B. It guves students an excellent education.
C. Its fee is high D.It encourages arguments among people of different cultures
Cõu 36: Atlantic College students study_______

______________________________________________________________________________ 100
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. all day B. in the morning C. in the afternoon D. at night
Cõu 37: At Atlantic College _______
A. 75 per cent of the students are British
B. 100 per cent of the students are from abroad
C. 25 per cent of the students are British
D. 50 per cent of the students are British
Cõu 38: How has Barbara changed since being at Atlantic College?
A. She knows a lot about other countries .
B. She is more confident than her sister now.
C. She frefers her new friends to her family.
D. She finds it easier to get on with other people.
Cõu 39: Which advertisement uses correct information about Atlantic College?
A. B.
Study at Atlantic College.
Study at Atlantic Courses for 16-18 year
College. olds.
Courses for 16-18 year Morning Leessons and
olds. afternoonactivities.
Leessons all morning, Help with fees available.
C. Sport in the afternoon D.
Study at Atlantic
College. Study at Atlantic College.
Classes on Learn English in a
International topics beautiful place.
Many fees places Lots of weeken activities
available. Help with fees available.
Cõu 40: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
Students of all
I suggest _______unused clothes for the poor.
ages welcome.
A. to collect B. collected C. collect D. collecting
Cõu 41: Chọn câu thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành mẫu đối thoại sau:
-“ why don’t we go to Nha Trang for our summer holidays?” - “ ------------“
A. Yes, you can. B. You are welcome C. That’s a good idea D. No, you can’t
Cõu 42: Xác định từ / cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa, để câu sau trở thành chính xác:
The doctor said me to stop smoking and avoid staying up late
A B C D
Cõu 43: Chọn cõu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để diễn đạt đúng nghĩa của câu sau:
I stoped working for that company in 2005
A. I didn’t work for that company in 2005
B. I didn’t work for that company since 2005
C.I haven’t worked for that company in 2005
D. I haven’t worked for that company since 2005
Cõu 44: Chọn câu thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành mẫu đối thoại sau:
- “ what’s the wether like to day?” -“ __________________ ”
A. Oh! Sun and wind B. No, I don’t want to C. Sunny and windy D. Well done
Cõu 45: Xác định từ / cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa, để câu sau trở thành chính xác:
Hoa was extreme pleased that she got an A on her assignment.

______________________________________________________________________________ 101
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A B C D
Cõu 46: Xác định từ / cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa, để câu sau trở thành chính xác:
I am looking forward to hear from you soon.
A B C D
Cõu 47: Xác định từ / cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa, để câu sau trở thành chính xác:
I’d love to play video games and I have to complate an assignment.
A B C D
Cõu 48: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
_______ the sun was shining, it wasn’t very warm.
A. Because B. Since C. However D. Although
Cõu 49: Chọn câu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để diễn đạt đúng nghĩa của câu sau:
Hurry up or you will miss the bus.
A. You shouldn’t hurry because you will be late for the bus.
B. You will miss the bus. However , you don’t need to hurry.
C. You will miss the bus if , you don’t hurry.
D. Although you hurry, you will miss the bus.
Cõu 50: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành câu sau:
The people who _______yesterday want to buy the house.
A. called B. call C. have called D. are calling

-------Hết--------

Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 18( Thi vào 10 Bắc ninh năm 2008- 2009 )
Cõu 1: Chọn cõu ( ứng với A,B,C hoặc D ) thớch hợp với cõu sau:
They haven’t cleaned the streets this week.
A. The streets haven’t been cleaned this week. B. The streets has been cleaned this week.
C. The streets have been cleaned this week D. The streets hasn’t been cleaned this week
Cõu 2 : Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A,B,C hoặc D ) để hoàn thành câu sau:
They wish they……………a new house.
A. will have B. have C. had D. would have had
Cõu 3 : Chọn cõu (ứng với A,B,C hoặc D ) thớch hợp với cõu sau :
They have worked in that factory since 2001.
A. They have started to work in that factory in 2001 B. They started to work in that factory in 2001
C. They have worked in that factory in 2001 D. They worked in that factory since 2001
Cõu 4 : Xác địng từ hoặc cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa để câu trở thành chính xác :
John used to studying hard when he was a child
A B C D
Cõu 5 : Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu :
Tom plays soccer very well,…………..?
A. does he B. doesn’t he C. did he D. didn’t he
Cõu 6 : Chọn từ thớch hợp để hoàn thành câu :
My car……………..yesterday.
A. is repaired B. has been repaired C. was repaired D. can be repaired
Cõu 7 : Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu :
She asked me where I……………..that car.
A. will buy B. bought C. can buy D. buy
______________________________________________________________________________ 102
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cõu 8 : Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu :
I want to…………….that course.
A. attendance B. attended C. attend D. attendant
Cõu 9 : Chọn cõu thớch hợp với cõu sau :
It was such a boring film that she fell asleep
A. The film was so boring that she fell asleep B. The film was such boring that she fell asleep
C. The film was so that she fell asleep D. The film was so boring to she fell asleep
Cõu 10 :Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu :
Millions of Christmas cards……………last month.
A. send B. were sent C. are sent D. sent
Cõu 11 : Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
Tom………….his hair cut twice a month.
A. has B. will have C. get D. have
Cõu 12 : Chọn từ mà phần gạch chõn cú cỏch phỏt õm khỏc cỏc từ cũn lại :
A. honest B. home C. whom D. house
Cõu 13 : Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
If you want to……………your English, we can help you.
A. improving B. improvement C. improved D. improve
Cõu 14 : Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
He failed to give…………..reasons for his absence from shool.
A. suiting B. satisfactory C. right D. inadequate
Cõu 15 : Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
I wish she…………..here longer.
A. could stay B. stays C. can stay D. will stay
Cõu 16 : Chọn từ mà phần gạch chõn cú cỏch phỏt õm khỏc cỏc từ cũn lại :
A. brother B. either C. death D. breathing
Cõu 17 : Chọn từ/cụm từ thichs hợp để hoàn thành câu :
Please phone this number for more……………..
A. informatively B. informative C. information D. inform
Cõu 18 : Chọn cõu thớch hợp với cõu sau :
It’s a pity; I can’t play the piano.
A. I wish I couldn’t play the piano B. I wish I could play the piano
C. I wish I can play the piano D. I wish I play the piano
Cõu 19 : Xác định từ hoặc cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa để câu trở thành chính xác :
That novel, which written by a well-known writer, should be read.
A B C D
Chọn từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống trong đoạn văn sau, từ câu 20 đến câu 29 :
……..(20)….six o’clock yesterday evening, the River Thames burst its banks and flooded a wide area.
By nine o’clock the floods had reached the town of Dorchester. The main street was soon…(21)….3
feet of water. Fire engines arrived quickly to pump away the water, but heavy rain made their job
very…(22)….Mrs. Willow, a ….(23)….nearly 80 years old, and living alone in her cottage, was
trapped upstairs…(24)….three hours. Finally, firemen were able to rescue her with ladders and a
small…(25)….. “My cat, Tibbles, stayed with me all the time,” said Mrs.Willow. “She…(26)….me a
lot. She sat with me, so I didn’t feel afraid.” The rain has finally stopped, the river level is falling and
the weather forecast is good, …(27)…. the floods have done a great deal of damage. “Luckily, nobody

______________________________________________________________________________ 103
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
was…(28)….or injured.” Chief Fire Office Hawkins…(29)….reporters, “but it will take a long time to
clear up the mess.”
Cõu 20 : A.in B. until C. to D. at
Cõu 21 : A. under B. over C. through D. between
Cõu 22 : A. easy B. clean C. quick D. difficult
Cõu 23 : A. girl B. child C. man D. lady
Cõu 24 : A. for B. during C. while D. through
Cõu 25 : A. ship B. car C. boat D. bicycle
Cõu 26 : A. worried B. bored C. frightened D. helped
Cõu 27 : A. also B. but C. therefore D. so
Cõu 28 : A. burnt B. cut C. drowned D. scratched
Cõu 29 : A. said B. spoke C. asked D. told
Cõu 30 : Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu :
He can’t drive and…………….his brother.
A. so can’t B. neither can C. so can D. nor can’t
Cõu 31: Chọn từ/cum từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
My sister is studying hard…………..her exam.
A. at B. to C. in D. for
Cõu 32. Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
He couldn’t go far because he was afraid of………………..
A. flying B. be flying C. to fly D. being flying
Cõu 33. Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
Tim…………… go fishing with his father when he was young.
A. was used to B. is used to C. used to D. has used to
Cõu 34 : Chọn từ mà phần gạch chõn cú cỏch phỏt õm khỏc cỏc từ cũn lại :
A. peasant B. advise C. buys D. forks
Cõu 35 : Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
What…………….at 8 pm last night ?
A. was you doing B. were you doing C. have you been doing D. are you doing
Cõu 36 : Xác định từ/cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa để câu trở thành chớnh xỏc :
That is the house which he was born and grew up .
A B C D
Cõu 37 : Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
I wish today…………….holiday.
A. is being B. are C. is D. were
Cõu 38 : Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
I asked him if he………………….help me.
A. can B. was C. will D. could
Câu 39: Xác định từ hoặc cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa để câu trở thành chính xác :
I told Helen not forget to send her parents my regards.
A B C D
Câu 40: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
“How many stamps………………………sofar?” “Fifty-seven.”
A. did you collect B. do you collect C. have you collected D. will you collect
Câu 41 : Chọn từ mà phần gạch chõn cú cỏch phỏt õm khỏc cỏc từ cũn lại :

______________________________________________________________________________ 104
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. hour B. hear C. hat D. hit
Câu 42: : Xác định từ hoặc cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa để câu trở thành chính xác :
Peter and Tom plays tennis every afternoon with Mary and me .
A B C D
Câu 43; : Xác định từ hoặc cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa để câu trở thành chính xác :
Learning a foreign language are easy for young children.
A B C D
Câu 44 : Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp để hoàn thành câu sau :
It seems difficult for us………………..abroad at the moment.
A. went B. gone C. to go D. go
Câu 45 : Chọn từ mà phần gạch chõn cú cỏch phỏt õm khỏc cỏc từ cũn lại :
A. choice B. chess C. chemist D. church
Long ago a lot of people thought that the moon was a god. Other people thought it was just a light in
the sky. And others thought it was a big ball of cheese!
Then telescopes were made. And men saw that the moon was really another world. They wondered
what it was like. They dreamed of going there.
On July 20, 1969, that dream came true .Two American men landed on the moon. Their names
were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin. The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered
with dust. The dust is so thick that the men left footprints where they walked. Those were the first
marks a living had ever made on the moon. And they could stay there for years and years. There is no
wind or rain to wipe them off.
The two men walked on the moon for hours. They picked up rocks to bring back to the earth for
study. They dug up dirt to bring back. They set up machines to find out things people wanted to know.
Then they climbed back into their moon landing craft.
Next day the landing craft roared as the two men took off from the moon. They joined Micheal
Collins in the spaceship that waited for them above the moon. Then they had set up. And they were off
on their long trip back to earth.
Behind them they left the plains and high mountains of the moon. They left the machines they had
set up. And they left footprints that may last forever.
Câu 46 : The story tells…………………………..
A. who had left footprints on the moon before the two men landed there . C. about the first men
to walk on the moon
B. how men found footprints on the moon. D.what the men brought back from
their trip to the moon.
Câu 47 : A telescope…………………….
A. makes faraway things seem closer. B. makes many of men’s dreams
come true.
C. turns the moon into another world D. makes balls of light seem
brighter.
Câu 48: The men brought rocks and dirt from the moon because ………………..
A. they might sell them to scientists. B. they wanted to keep them as
souvenirs.
C. people wanted to use them to learn about the moon D. they wanted something to show
they were there.
Câu 49 : The American machines will almost likely stay on the moon until………………..

______________________________________________________________________________ 105
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. rain and wind destroy them B. a storm covers them with dust
C. they become rusty and break to pieces. D. someone takes them away
Câu 50 : The next people who go to the moon most likely could……………………
A. find that dust has wiped off the two men’s footprints B. leave the first set of footprints
on the moon.
B. Find the places where Armstrong and Aldrin walked. D.Find that the machines have
disappeared.
The end
Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 19
Cõu 1: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The children have to come back before dark, ................. ?
A. haven’t they B. have they C. don’t they D. do they
Cõu 2: Chọn từ cú trọng õm chớnh nhấn vào õm tiết cú vị trớ khỏc với cỏc từ cũn lại.
A. picnic B. parade C. blanket D. forecast
Cõu 3: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
If the product were not safe, we ................. it.
A. don’t sell B. sold C. would not sell D. will sell
Cõu 4: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The people .................live next door to us are very nice.
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
Cõu 5: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
“Are you doing anything on Friday?” “.................”
A. I agree. B. No problem. C. Not really. D. Why not?
Cõu 6: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The new instructions are ................. the old ones.
A. more difficult B. difficult as
C. difficult than D. more difficult than
Cõu 7: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
If you want to learn something, you had better pay ................. in class.
A. attention B. respect C. care D. notice
Cõu 8: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
“Have you been in Tokyo long?” “.................”
A. Yes, three years ago B. Yes, about three years
C. Yes, since three years D. Until the 30th of June
Cõu 9: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The restaurant is open on weekends, .................not on holidays.
A. either B. but C. so D. or
Cõu 10: Chọn từ mà phần gạch chõn cú cỏch phỏt õm khỏc với những từ cũn lại.
A. lemon B. son C. bacon D. iron
Cõu 11: Chọn từ cú trọng õm chớnh nhấn vào õm tiết cú vị trớ khỏc với cỏc từ cũn lại.
A. conclusive B. extensive C. wonderful D. commercial
Cõu 12: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:

______________________________________________________________________________ 106
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Although he loved his country ,.................most of his life abroad.
A. he spent B. so he spent C. but spent D. but he spent
Chọn từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để điền vào chỗ trống trong đoạn văn sau, từ cõu 13
đến cõu 22
Most people think of computers as very modern inventions, products of our new technological (13)
................. But actually the idea for a computer (14) ................. worked out over two centuries ago by
a man (15) .................Charles Babbage. Babbage was born in 1791 and grew up to be a brilliant
mathematician. He drew up plans for several calculating machines (16) ................. he called “engines”.
But despite the fact that he (17).................building some of these, he never finished any of them. Over
the years, people have argued (18) ................. his machines would ever work. Recently, however, the
Science Museum in London has finished building (19) ................ engine based on one of Babbage’s
designs. (20)................. has taken six years to complete and more (21)................ four thousand parts
have been specially made. Whether it works or not, the machine will be on at a special exhibition in the
Science Museum (22) .................remind people of Babbage’s work.
Cõu 13: A. year B. age C. days D. times
Cõu 14: A. is B. has C. was D. had
Cõu 15: A. recognized B. called C. written D. known
Cõu 16: A. who B. whose C. what D. which
Cõu 17: A. wanted B. made C. missed D. started
Cõu 18: A. though B. while C. whether D. until
Cõu 19: A. some B. that C. an D. the
Cõu 20: A. One B. It C. He D. They
Cõu 21: A. than B. when C. then D. therefore
Cõu 22: A. for B. so C. as D. to
Cõu 23: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
“Is Tina your sister?” “.................”
A. Yes, she does. B. Yes, she is. C. Yes, I do. D. Yes, I am.
Cõu 24: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The Smiths will move to Paris, but we hope to ................. with them
A. keep at touch B. keep touch C. keep in touch D. keep on touch
Cõu 25: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
Rice ................. in tropical countries.
A. growing B. is grown C. grew D. grows
Cõu 26: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
She hasn't written to me ................. we met last time.
A. since B. ago C. for D. before
Cõu 27: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
My friend was very ................. when he got the job.
A. surprising B. surprises C. surprise D. surprised
Cõu 28: Chọn từ/cụm từ ứng với A, B, C hoặc D cần phải chữa để câu trở thành chính xác:
This chair, that (A) has been broken (B) for weeks must (C) be repaired (D)
______________________________________________________________________________ 107
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cõu 29: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The train from Madrid arrives ................. noon.
A. on B. over C. in D. at
Cõu 30: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
“You haven’t read this article on the website, have you?” “ ..................”
A. No, you don’t. B. No, you haven’t. C. Not yet D. No, I don’t.
Cõu 31:Chọn từ/cụm từ ứng với A, B, C hoặc D cần phải chữa để câu trở thành chính xác:
Riding (A) a bicycle to work is not fast as (B) driving a car (C) but it is healthier(D).
Cõu 32: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
“I think we should use shower instead of bath to save water.” “..................”
A. I’m sorry. B. Yes, I’d love to.
C. Yes, I’ll take it. D. That’s a good idea!
Cõu 33:Chọn từ/cụm từ ứng với A, B, C hoặc D cần phải chữa để câu trở thành chính xác:
The letter that (A) you typed it (B) has many (C) careless (D) mistakes.
Cõu 34: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
I remember .................you before, but I have forgotten your name.
A. met B. to meet C. meeting D. meet
Cõu 35: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
Don't disturb me. I've got ................. work to do.
A. a lot B. a great deal C. many D. much
Cõu 36: Chọn cõu ứng với A, B, C hoặc D thớch hợp với cõu sau:
Getting a good job doesn't interest him.
A. He isn't interested in getting a good job. B. He isn't good at getting a good job.
C. He is only interested in getting a good job. D. He is good at getting a good job.
Cõu 37:Chọn từ/cụm từ ứng với A, B, C hoặc D cần phải chữa để câu trở thành chính xác:
This is (A) the (B) first time I ate (C) Italian (D) food.
Cõu 38: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
We avoid .................our environment.
A. polluted B. polluting C. to pollute D. pollute
Cõu 39: Dựa vào từ gợi ý, chọn cõu thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D :
I/ think / we / turn / light / before/ leave / room.
A. I think we should turn on the light before leaving the room
B. I think we should turn off the light before leaving the room.
C. I think we should turn off the light before leaving room
D. I think we should turn on the light before leaving room
Cõu 40: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
They often go to .................to pray because their religion is Islam.
A. mosque B. temple C. shrine D. church
Cõu 41: Chọn cõu ứng với A, B, C hoặc D thớch hợp với cõu sau:
" Where are you going?" he asked her.
A. He asked her where she is going. B. He asked her where you were going.
C. He asked her where was she going D. He asked her where she was going.

______________________________________________________________________________ 108
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cõu 42: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The meeting is cancelled ................. Mr Tan’s plane was late.
A. while B. because C. although D. with
Cõu 43: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The meeting will be held ................. Thursday.
A. for B. of C. on D. in
Cõu 44: Chọn cõu ứng với A, B, C hoặc D thớch hợp với cõu sau:
I regret going to bed so late last night.
A. I wish I hadn’t gone to bed early last night.
B. I wish I hadn’t gone to bed so late last night.
C. I wish I didn’t go to bed so late last night.
D. I wish I went to bed early last night.
Cõu 45: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
Please ................. me any time if you need help.
A. will call B. calls C. call D. calling
Cõu 46: Chọn từ mà phần gạch chõn cú cỏch phỏt õm khỏc với những từ cũn lại.
A. imagine B. discipline C. Valentine D. magazine
Cõu 47: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
They are very ................. and have no time for a hobby.
A. busy B. hurried C. full D. hard
Cõu 48: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
I think you’d rather ................. to the mountains for your holiday.
A. have gone B. go C. going D. to go
Cõu 49: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
We don't allow passengers ................. in this part of the building.
A. smoke B. to smoke C. smoking D. smoked
Cõu 50: Chọn cõu ứng với A, B, C hoặc D thớch hợp với cõu sau:
I wish my English were good enough to go abroad.
A. My English is too good to go abroad.
B. If only my English were good enough to go abroad.
C. My English is good enough to go abroad.
D. My English was good enough and I could go abroad.

--------- HẾT ----------


Đề luyện thi vao thpt- số 20
Cõu 1: Chọn từ mà phần gạch chõn cú cỏch phỏt õm khỏc với những từ cũn lại.
A. magazine B. discipline C. imagine D. Valentine
Cõu 2: Chọn cõu ứng với A, B, C hoặc D thớch hợp với cõu sau:
Getting a good job doesn't interest him.
A. He isn't interested in getting a good job. B. He isn't good at getting a good job.
C. He is only interested in getting a good job. D. He is good at getting a good job.
Cõu 3: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
“You haven’t read this article on the website, have you?” “ .................”
______________________________________________________________________________ 109
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. No, I don’t. B. No, you haven’t. C. No, you don’t. D. Not yet
Cõu 4: Chọn cõu ứng với A, B, C hoặc D thớch hợp với cõu sau:
I regret going to bed so late last night.
A. I wish I hadn’t gone to bed early last night. B. I wish I didn’t go to bed so late last night.
C. I wish I hadn’t gone to bed so late last night. D. I wish I went to bed early last night.
Cõu 5: Chọn cõu ứng với A, B, C hoặc D thớch hợp với cõu sau:
" Where are you going?" he asked her.
A. He asked her where was she going B. He asked her where she was going.
C. He asked her where you were going. D. He asked her where she is going.
Cõu 6: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
They often go to ................. to pray because their religion is Islam.
A. mosque B. temple C. shrine D. church
Cõu 7: Chọn từ mà phần gạch chõn cú cỏch phỏt õm khỏc với những từ cũn lại.
A. bacon B. son C. lemon D. iron
Cõu 8: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
If you want to learn something, you had better pay ................. in class.
A. respect B. notice C. care D. attention
Cõu 9: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The meeting will be held .................Thursday.
A. for B. on C. in D. of
Cõu 10: Chọn từ/cụm từ ứng với A, B, C hoặc D cần phải chữa để câu trở thành chính xác:
This chair, that (A) has been broken (B) for weeks must (C) be repaired (D).
Cõu 11: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The people .................. live next door to us are very nice.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. which
Cõu 12: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
I think you’d rather ................. to the mountains for your holiday.
A. have gone B. go C. going D. to go
Cõu 13: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The train from Madrid arrives ................. noon.
A. on B. in C. at D. over
Cõu 14: Chọn từ/cụm từ ứng với A, B, C hoặc D cần phải chữa để câu trở thành chính xác:
The letter that (A) you typed it (B) has many (C) careless (D) mistakes.
Cõu 15: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
We don't allow passengers ................. in this part of the building.
A. smoking B. smoked C. to smoke D. smoke
Cõu 16: Chọn cõu ứng với A, B, C hoặc D thớch hợp với cõu sau:
I wish my English were good enough to go abroad.
A. If only my English were good enough to go abroad.
B. My English is too good to go abroad.
C. My English was good enough and I could go abroad.
D. My English is good enough to go abroad.

______________________________________________________________________________ 110
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cõu 17: Chọn từ cú trọng õm chớnh nhấn vào õm tiết cú vị trớ khỏc với cỏc từ cũn lại.
A. blanket B. picnic C. forecast D. parade
Cõu 18: Dựa vào từ gợi ý, chọn cõu thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D:
I/ think / we / turn / light / before/ leave / room.
A. I think we should turn on the light before leaving the room
B. I think we should turn off the light before leaving room
C. I think we should turn off the light before leaving the room.
D. I think we should turn on the light before leaving room
Cõu 19: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
“Are you doing anything on Friday?” “.................”
A. Not really. B. No problem. C. Why not? D. I agree.
Cõu 20:Chọn từ/cụm từ ứng với A, B, C hoặc D cần phải chữa để câu trở thành chính xác:
Riding (A) a bicycle to work is not fast as (B) driving a car (C) but it is healthier (D).
Chọn từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để điền vào chỗ trống trong đoạn văn sau, từ cõu 21
đến cõu 30
Most people think of computers as very modern inventions, products of our new technological
(21) ................. But actually the idea for a computer (22) ................. worked out over two centuries
ago by a man (23)................. Charles Babbage. Babbage was born in 1791 and grew up to be a brilliant
mathematician. He drew up plans for several calculating machines (24)................. he called “engines”.
But despite the fact that he (25)................. building some of these, he never finished any of them. Over
the years, people have argued (26) ................ his machines would ever work. Recently, however, the
Science Museum in London has finished building (27) ................. engine based on one of Babbage’s
designs. (28) …………… has taken six years to complete and more (29)................. four thousand parts
have been specially made. Whether it works or not, the machine will be on at a special exhibition in the
Science Museum (30)................. remind people of Babbage’s work.
Cõu 21: A. age B. days C. times D. year
Cõu 22: A. is B. was C. had D. has
Cõu 23: A. written B. known C. recognized D. called
Cõu 24: A. whose B. which C. what D. who
Cõu 25: A. started B. missed C. wanted D. made
Cõu 26: A. while B. whether C. though D. until
Cõu 27: A. an B. that C. some D. the
Cõu 28: A. He B. They C. One D. It
Cõu 29: A. when B. then C. therefore D. than
Cõu 30: A. as B. to C. so D. for
Cõu 31: Chọn từ/cụm từ ứng với A, B, C hoặc D cần phải chữa để câu trở thành chính xác:
This is (A) the (B) first time I ate (C) Italian (D) food.
Cõu 32: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The Smiths will move to Paris, but we hope to ................. with them
A. keep at touch B. keep touch C. keep in touch D. keep on touch
Cõu 33: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
______________________________________________________________________________ 111
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please ................. me any time if you need help.
A. will call B. calls C. call D. calling
Cõu 34: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
She hasn't written to me ................. we met last time.
A. since B. before C. ago D. for
Cõu 35: Chọn từ/cụm từ thớch hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
Although he loved his country .................most of his life abroad.
A. but spent B. he spent C. so he spent D. but he spent
Cõu 36: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
“Is Tina your sister?” “.................”
A. Yes, I am. B. Yes, she does. C. Yes, I do. D. Yes, she is.
Cõu 37: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
“I think we should use shower instead of bath to save water.” “..................”
A. Yes, I’d love to. B. That’s a good idea!
C. I’m sorry. D. Yes, I’ll take it.
Cõu 38: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
We avoid .................our environment.
A. pollute B. to pollute C. polluted D. polluting
Cõu 39: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
Rice ................. in tropical countries.
A. is grown B. grew C. grows D. growing
Cõu 40: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The children have to come back before dark, .................?
A. have they B. don’t they C. haven’t they D. do they
Cõu 41: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
If the product were not safe, we ................. it.
A. don’t sell B. will sell C. sold D. would not sell
Cõu 42: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The new instructions are ................. the old ones.
A. difficult as B. difficult than
C. more difficult than D. more difficult
Cõu 43: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
Don't disturb me. I've got ................. work to do.
A. many B. a great deal C. much D. a lot
Cõu 44: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
I remember .................you before, but I have forgotten your name.
A. to meet B. meeting C. met D. meet
Cõu 45: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
They are very ................. and have no time for a hobby.
A. hurried B. full C. busy D. hard
Cõu 46: Chọn từ cú trọng õm chớnh nhấn vào õm tiết cú vị trớ khỏc với cỏc từ cũn lại.
A. extensive B. conclusive C. commercial D. wonderful
Cõu 47: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
______________________________________________________________________________ 112
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
“Have you been in Tokyo long?” “.................”
A. Yes, since three years B. Yes, three years ago
th
C. Until the 30 of June D. Yes, about three years
Cõu 48: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The restaurant is open on weekends, ................. not on holidays.
A. but B. either C. or D. so
Cõu 49: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
The meeting is cancelled ................. Mr Tan’s plane was late.
A. while B. because C. with D. although
Cõu 50: Chọn từ/cụm từ thích hợp ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành câu sau:
My friend was very ................. when he got the job.
A. surprising B. surprises C. surprise D. surprised

Phòng gd- Đt thuận thành đề thi thử vào lớp 10 năm học 2011 -2012
Trường thcs song hồ môn thi : Tiếng Anh
Thời gian làm bài : 60 phút ( 50 câu trắc nghiệm)
Ngày thi : 14/ 06/ 2011

Mã đề thi 136
Họ, tên thí sinh :……………………………………….
Số báo danh :……………………………………….
Câu 1 : Choose the underlined words or phrases that are incorrect in standard written English.
Nha Trang , that has a long beach , attracts many foreign vistors .
A B C D
Câu 2 : Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
It is necessary………… forests.
A. protect B. to protect C. protecting D. protected
Câu 3 : Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
She wishes they ………………….here last time .
A. don’t come B.didn’t come C.had come D. wouldn’t come
Câu 4 : Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
The river near my house is ………………………….
A.pollutant B. polluted C.pollute D.pollution
Câu 5 : Choose the correct sentence ( A, B ,C or D ) made from the suggested words .
I / tired / because / I / sat up /late / watching / TV.
A.I’m tired because I sit up late watching TV. B.I’m tired because I sat up late watch TV.
C. I’m tired because I sat up late watching TV. D.Iwas tired because I sat up late watching TV.
Câu 6 : Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others .
A. hobby B. honest C. humor D.hole
Câu 7 : Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others .
A. thunder B. earthquake C.gather D.healthy
Câu 8 : Choose the correct sentence ( A, B ,C or D ) made from the suggested words .
exam / to / calculator / were / a / allowed / the / use / in / you ?
A.You were allowed to use a calculator in the exam ?
______________________________________________________________________________ 113
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B.Were you to allowed use a calculator in the exam?
C.Were you allowed to use a exam in the calculator ?
D.Were you allowed to use a calculator in the exam?
Câu 9 : Choose the correct sentence ( A, B ,C or D ) made from the suggested words .
Lan / be /taller / work / fashion model .
A.If Lan were taller,she would work as a fashion model .
B. If Lan were taller , she would work like a fashion model
C. If Lan were taller , she would work as fashion model .
D. If Lan is taller , she would work as a fashion model .
Câu 10 : Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
He often goes to the…………..to pray because his religion is Catholic .
A.temple B.church C.mosque D.pagoda
Câu 11 : Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others .
A. pagoda B.category C. suggest D.regular
Câu 12: Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the given one .
He often played the piano at night .
A. He used to playing the piano at night . B.He used to play the piano at night
C. He uses to play the piano at night . D.He is used to playing the piano at night
Trang 1/4- Mã đề thi 136
Câu 13 : Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the given one .
Last/ time/ she/ type/ report/ two months.
A. The last time she had typed a report two months ago.
B. The last time she has typed a report was two months ago.
C. The last time she typed a report was two months ago.
D. The last time she typed a report two months ago.
Câu 14:Choose the underlined words or phrases that are incorrect in standard written English.
The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted
A B C D
Câu 15:Choose the underlined words or phrases that are incorrect in standard written English.
Hoang has felt much better when he took the pill
A B C D
Câu 16 : Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the given one .
“Can I borrow you some money ? ‘’, he said to me, “ I want to buy this book ‘’
A. He said to me if he could borrow me some money because he wanted to buy that book .
B.He asked me if he could borrow me some money because he wanted to buy that book .
C.He asked me if he can borrow me some money because he wanted to buy that book .
D.He asked me if he could borrow me some money because he wants to buy that book .
Câu 17:Choose the underlined words or phrases that are incorrect in standard written English.
Even though being ill , Phong still went to school last Monday
A B C D
Câu 18 : Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
Buy me a newspaper on your way back,…………..?
A.do you B.will you C. have you D.don’t you
Câu 19 : Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
Traveling by air is not cheap. And it isn't intersting……………

______________________________________________________________________________ 114
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.so B. too C. either D.neither
Câu 20 : Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
We talked for hours of things and friends …………we remembered in the old schooldays .
A.which B.that C.who D.whom
Câu 21 : Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others .
A. exchange B.reach C.chance D.champagne
Câu 22 : Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the given one .
The teacher said to them, “ Don’t make noise in class !”
A.The teacher told them not to make noise in class.
B.The teacher told them don’t make noise in class.
C.The teacher told them to not make noise in class.
D.The teacher told them not making noise in class.
Câu 23 : Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the given one .
“ Who puts the salt in my cup of coffee ?’’ , asked Peter .
A. Peter asked who put the salt in his cup of coffee?
B. Peter asked who put the salt in his cup of coffee.
C. Peter asked who puts the salt in his cup of coffee.
D. Peter asked who put the salt in my cup of coffee.
Câu 24 : Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the given one .
Who was she invited to the party by ?
A. Who invited her to the party by ? C. Whom invites her to the party ?
B. Who invited her to the party ? D. Whom invited her to the party ?

Trang 2/4- Mã đề thi 136


Câu 25: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others .
A.says B. plays C.rays D.stays
Choose A, B,C or D to complete the following passage . ( Từ câu 26 đến câu 35 )
Most of the people in Saragosa were attending a children’s graduation ceremony in the village
school when one of (26)………..tornadoes in America history suddenly struck .A sudden loud
whistling sound made everyone(27)…………as the youngest child was shaking hands with the village
mayor. It ( 28)…….to the time of great happiness. Instead it ended in tragedy . The children (
29)………… their certificates when the tornado hit the village (30)……….. any warning . The walls of
the school building fell in (31)……..most of the parents were watching the ceremony .Tons of
concrete were sent crashing down on them . Other parents (32)… a huge meal in the school kitchen at
the time of the disaster . Afterwards no building in Saragosa remained standing . Out of a population of
185 , at least 25 were (33)…and a further 112 were injured . “ The whole village (34) … ‘’, said police
officer Paul Deishler . “ There’s ( 35) ………..
at all here now’’ . It looks worse than a war zone .
Câu 26 : A. the badly B.the baddest C. the worse D. the worst
Câu 27 : A. sit up B. sitting up C.to sit up D. sat up
Câu 28 : A.supposed B.was supposing C.was supposed D. supposing
Câu 29 : A. were receiving B.received C.have received D.receive
Câu 30 : A. of B. for C.with D. without
Câu 31 : A. because B.if C. while D. in case
Câu 32 : A.prepared B. were preparing C. have prepared D.were prepared
Câu 33: A.die B. died C.dead D.death
______________________________________________________________________________ 115
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Câu 34: A.was going B. has gone C. will go D.is going
Câu 35: A.something B.anything C.nothing D. everything
Câu 36: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
It’s no use ……children………. quiet .They are always noisy .
A. to ask / to keep B. asking /keeping C.to ask / keeping D.asking / to keep
Câu 37: Choose the underlined words or phrases that are incorrect in standard written English.
Linh wishes that she is given a teddy bear at Christmas
A B C D
Câu 38 : Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
This is the first time I ___ the experiment on plant breeding.
A.have done B.did C.do D. would do
Câu 39 : Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the given one .
I’m sorry that he won’t accept the job he’s been offered.
A. I wish he would have accept the job he’s been offered .
B. I wish he had accept the job he’s been offered.
C. I wish he will accept the job he’s been offered.
D. I wish he would accept the job he’s been offered .
Câu 40 :Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence.
I saw a lot of people ........ went to the market this morning.
A.Which B.Who C.Whom D.They
Câu 41. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are incorrect in standard written English
Children enjoy telling and listen to ghost stories, especially on Halloween night.
A B C D
Câu 42 : Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
They didn’t under stand the matter ;……….., they didn’t ask for help .
A. moreover B. however C. and D. but
Trang 3/4- Mã đề thi 136
Choose the item that best answers the question or completes the unfinished statement about the
passage . ( Từ câu 43 đến câu 46 )
We can develop alternative sources of energy. Instead of burning fossils ,we should be concentrating
on more economic uses of electricity ,because electricity can be produced from any sources of energy.
If we didn’t waste so much energy, our resources would last longer. We can save more energy by
conservation than ưe can produce fỏr the same money. Unless we do research on solar energy,wind
power, plants....our fossil fuels will run out and we’ll all freeze or starve to death.
Many countries are spending much more time and money on reseach because the energy from the
sun, the wave, and the winds last forever. We really won’t survive unless we start working on cleaner
and safer sources of energy.
Câu 43 : What can electricity be produced from?
A. alternative sources of energy B. burning fossil fuels
C. any sources of energy D. renewable energy
Câu 44: What does the word “conversation” mean in the context of the passage?
A. the act of preventing something from being wasted
B. the act of finding alternative sources energy
C. the protection of the natural environment
D.the act of burning fossil fuels
______________________________________________________________________________ 116
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Câu 45 : The word ”run out” could be replaced by which of the following?
A. be used up C. disappear
B. run away D. be rare
Câu 46 : What will happen if we don’t try to develop alternative sources of energy. A. We’ll
never be succesfull people. C. We’ll all freeze or starve to death.
B.Our resources would last longer. D. We can save more energy.
Câu 47 : Which of the following is not true?
A We’ll never succeed in developing alternative sources of energy if we don’t try.
B. We should use electricity.
C. The energy from the sun ,the waves, and the winds last forever.
D. We really will survive if we don’t start working on cleaner and safer sources of energy.
Câu 48 : Choose the correct sentence ( A, B ,C or D ) made from the suggested words .
only / holiday /she / her / just /has /back /come / from
A. She has only just come from her back holiday . B. Only she has come just back from her holiday.
C. She has only just come back from her holiday D.She has only just come from her holiday back.
Câu 49 : Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete the following sentence .
All the teachers in this language center are ……………….
A.good- qualified B. good- qualifying C.well- qualified D.well-qualifying
Câu 50 : Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the given one .
She is the woman . I met her last week .
A. She is the woman who I met last week . B. She is the woman which I met last week .
C. She is the woman whose I met last week . D. She is the woman whom I met last week .
Trang 4 /4 – Mã đề thi 136

UBND tỉnh bắc ninh đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 thpt
Sở giáo dục và đào tạo Năm học 2011 – 2012
Môn thi: Tiếng Anh ( Dành cho tất cả thí sinh)
đề chính thức Ngày thi: 08 / 07/ 2011
Thời gian làm bài : 60 phút ( không kể thời gian giao đề)
( 50 câu trắc nghiệm)
Mã đề thi 470

Câu 1: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence:


I wish we _______ to the shop together tomorrow.
A. were going B. go C. will go D. to go
Câu 2: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence:
If you ______ your passport, you will be in trouble
A. losing B. lose C. would lose D. lost
Câu 3:Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
It was ______ hot day that we decided to to leave the work early.
A. so B. so a C. such D. such a
Câu 4: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
She is going to finish her work, ______?
A. won’t she B. will she C. is she D. isn’t she
Câu 5: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
______________________________________________________________________________ 117
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I wish to congratulate you ______ your success.
A. on B. at C. in D. about
Read the passage carefully then choose the best answer to the questions below ( from 6 to 10)
I often hear or read about “ natural disaters” – the eruption of Mount St. Helen, a vocano in the state of
Washington: Hurricane Andrew in Florida; the floods in the American Midwest; terrible earthquakes
all over the world; huge fires; and so on and so on. But I’ll never forget my first personal experience
with the strangeness of nature “the London Killer Fog” of 1952. It began on thursday, December 4,
when a high pressure system
( warm air) covered southern England. With the freezing cold air below, heavy fog formed. Pollution
from factories, cars, breeze at all. Traffic ( cars, trains, and boats) stopped. People couldn’t see, and
some walked onto the railroad tracks or into the river. It was hard to breathe, and many people got sick.
Finally on Tuesday, December 9, the wind came and the fog went away. But after that, even more
people got sick. Many of them died.
Câu 6. Which “natural disaters” isn’t mentioned in the text?
A. a flood B. a vocano C. a tornado D. a hurricane
Câu 7. How long did the “ London Killer Fog” last?
A. for four days B.for a week C. for five days D.for eight days
Câu 8. Why did the traffic stop?
A. because of the windy weather. B. because of the rain
C. because of the heavy fog D. because of the humid weather
Câu 9: What was the weather like during “ the London Killer Fog” in 1952?
A. It was sunny and foggy B. It was snowy and foggy
C. It was windy and foggy D. It was wet and foggy
Câu 10. What didn’t happen during the time of the “ London Killer Fog”?
A. heavy rain B. humidity C. pollution D. heavy fog

Trang 1/4 – Mã đề thi 470


Câu 11: Choose the underlined word or phrase that is incorrect.
My sister likes table tennis but she doesn’t play it very good
A B C D
Câu 12: Choose the underlined word or phrase that is incorrect:
This exercise is much more easier than the others
A B C D
Câu 13:Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
Family presents are usually ______ under the Christmas tree.
A. putting B. put C. to be putting D. to put
Câu 14: Choose the underlined word or phrase that is incorrect:
The book writing by Jack London is very popular in the world.
A B C D
Câu 15:Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
Don’t forget _____ the door when you go out.
A. for locking B. locking C. lock D. to lock
Câu 16: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
“ Does Mai dress well?” – “ From my point of view, _____ is not important”
A. what a person dresses B. how does a person dress

______________________________________________________________________________ 118
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. a person wears D. how a person dresses
Câu 17: Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from the others
A. question B. mention C. option D. relation
Câu 18: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
We won’t go out _____ it stops raining.
A. if B. unless C. when D. if not
Câu 19: Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
A. chair B. match C. watch D. machine
Câu 20: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
Lunar New Year is the festival _____ popular in China, too.
A. which was B. what was C. which is D. what is
Câu 21: Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from the others
A. gather B. there C. ethnic D. although
Câu 22: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
The bridge _____ recently.
A. has built B. has been built C. is built D. is being built
Câu 23: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
______ it was so cold, he went out without a coat.
A. In spite of B. However C. Although D. Despite
Câu 24: Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from the others
A. achieved B. moved C. looked D. raised
Câu 25: Choose the best option to complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first one:
Has your manager recieved the documents yet?
Have ______________________________________?
A. you been recieved the documents yet
B. the documents recieved by your manager yet
C. the documents been sent to your manager yet
D. your manager recieved the documents yet
Trang 2/4 – Mã đề thi 470
Câu 26: Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from the others:
A. heading B. clearing C. realize D. Korea
Câu 27: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence:
Nha Trang is a place _____ you can find many beautiful beaches.
A. where B. that C. which D. from which
Câu 28: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
This is the worst food I _____ tasted.
A. had ever B. had never C. have never D. have ever
Câu 29: Choose the underlined word or phrase that is incorrect:
I used to watching TV alot when I was a little boy
A B C D
Câu 30: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
Mai has just won the first prize in the English speaking contest.
Nam: “ Well done, Mai”
Mai: “ _____”

______________________________________________________________________________ 119
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Yes I will B. No, I won’t C. I’m sorry D. Thanks
Câu 31: Choose the underlined word or phrase that is incorrect:
Would you like going to the cinema with us tonight?
A B C D
Câu 32: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
They often decorate their houses _____ many beautiful flowers.
A. from B. in C. for D. with
Câu 33: Choose the best option to complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first one:
She asked Nam how he liked her new dress.
“ How _________________________________? She asked Nam
A. did you like my new dress B. do you like my new dress
C. does he like new dress D. do you like her dress
Câu 34: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
He hates _____ at while he is out in the street.
A. being staring B. stared C. being stared D. staring
Câu 35: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
“ How many pages _____ so far?”
A. have you read B. had you read C. do you read D. did you read
Choose the best answer for each space: ( from 36 to 45)
The london park
Visitors to London are often surprised at the amount of the gree, open space in it. It would be an
exaggeration to suggest (36) _____ a country walk in London but it is easy to get (37) _____ from the
street and to (38) _____ open parkland in Inner London. (39) _____ of the parkland was originally
preserved by the king of England for (40) _____ sport hunting. These parks are (41) _____ called “
Royal Parks” but they are now open to the (42) _____. People walk and (43) _____ horse riding in the
Hyde Park. There is boating and swimming in the lake called “ The Serpentine”. And (44) _____ there
are seats and deskchairs to sit on.
St James’s Park, Green Park, Hyde Park and Kensington Garden are linked together. They forn 313
hectares of open parkland in the heart of London.
Entrance to the parks is free and you (45) _____ walk on the grass and lie down to rest on it if the
weather permits.
Trang 3/4 – Mã đề thi 470
Câu 36: A. going B. making C. doing D. taking
Câu 37: A. away B. over C. off D. out
Câu 38: A. find B. look C. meet D. arrive
Câu 39: A. Much B. Lot C. Very D. Many
Câu 40: A. its B. theirs C. them D. their
Câu 41: A. yet B. already C. still D. ever
Câu 42: A. person B. public C. man D. audience
Câu 43: A. mount B. go C. ride D. have
Câu 44: A. nowhere B. somewhere C. everywhere D. anywhere
Câu 45: A. will B. may C. would D. shall
Câu 46: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
The meeting _____ be held this coming Sunday after all.

______________________________________________________________________________ 120
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. wasn’t B. isn’t C. shan’t D. won’t
Câu 47: Choose the best option to complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first one:
The news was so wonderful that she decided to have celebration.
It was ______________________________________________
A. such wonderful news that she decided to have celebration.
B. such wonderful that she decided to have celebration.
C. too wonderful that she decided to have celebration.
D. such a wonderful news that she decided to have celebration.
Câu 48: Choose the best answer A,B,C or D to complete each sentence
They have to go to school _____ it is raining hard.
A. so B. and C. though D. because
Câu 49: Choose the best option to complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first one:
I’m sure it wasn’t Helen’s fault.
It can’t ___________________.
A. have been Helen’s fault B. Helen’s fault
C. be Helen’s fault D. have Helen’s fault
Câu 50: Choose the best option to complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first one:
The fridge was so heavy that we couldn’t move it.
The fridge was too ________________________________
A. heavy for us move B. heavy for us to move it
C. heavy for us to move D. heavy that to move
------------ hết -----------
( Đề thi gồm 04 trang)

______________________________________________________________________________ 121
_________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -
English 9
Ninh Khanh Junior High School -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------

________________________________________________________________________ 122
_______________
Prepared by La Phu Nam -

You might also like